HomeMy WebLinkAboutHMS Construction; 2004-09-02; PWS04-39ENGRecording requested by:
CITY OF CARLSBAD
When recorded mail to:
City Clerk
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Dr.
Carlsbad, CA 92008
DOC# 2006-0065485
JAN 30, 2006 8:34 AM
OFFICIAL RECORDS
SAN DIEGO CO UN TV RECORDER'S OFFICE
GREGORY,.!. SMITH. COUNTY RECORDER
FEES: 0.00
PAGES: 1
Space above this line for Recorder's Use
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Notice is hereby given that:
1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter
described.
2. The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation.
3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California
92008.
4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee.
5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on August 31 ,
2005.
6. The name of the contractor for such work of improvement is HMS Construction, Inc.
7. The property on which the work of improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad,
County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as the construction of the Traffic
Signal at Poinsettia Lane and Paseo Escuela, Project No. 3849-1 .
CITY OF CARLSBAD
GLENN PRUIM
Deputy Public Works Director
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad,
California, 92008. The City Council of said City on January 24th 2006, accepted the
above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on January 24th 2006, at Carlsbad, California.
OF CARLSBAD
CITY OF 61 RLSBAD
San Diego County
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AN-D
PASEO ESCUEL
Revised 1010bI03 CGrit'?C? No. 3849-1 Page 1 of 136 Pages
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Notice Inviting Bids ........................................................................................................................
Contractor‘s Proposal ....................................................................................................................
Bid Security Form ..........................................................................................................................
Bidder’s Bond To Accompany Proposal .......................................................................................
Guide For Completing The “Designation Of Subcontractors” Form .............................................
Designation Of Subcontractor and Amount Of Subcontractor’s Bid Items .................................
Bidder‘s Statement Of Financial Responsibility ............................................................................
Bidder‘s Statement Of Technical Ability And Experience .............................................................
Bidder’s Certificate Of Insurance For General Liability. Employers’ Liability. Automotive
Liability And Workers’ Compensation ...........................................................................................
Bidder’s Statement Of Re Debarment ..........................................................................................
Bidder‘s Disclosure Of Discipline Record .........................................................................
Non-Collusion Affidavit To Be Executed By Bidder And Submitted With Bid ..............................
Contract Public Works ..................................................................................................................
Labor And Materials Bond ............................................................................................................
Faithful PerformanceNVarranty Bond ...........................................................................................
Optional Escrow Agreement For Surety Deposits In Lieu Of Retention ......................................
5
9
13
14
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
32
34
36
*= %? Revised 10/08/03 Contract No . 3849-1 Page 2 of 136 Pages
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
Part 1
Section 1 1-1
1-2 1-3
Section 2 2-3
2-4 2-5 2-9
2-1 0
Section 3
3-2
3-3 3-4 3-5
Section 4
4- 1 4-2
Section 5 5-1
5-4
Section 6 6- 1
6-2 6-6 6-7 6-8
6-9
Section 7 7-3 7-4
7-5 7-7 7-8 7-1 0
7-1 3
Section 9 9- 1
9-3
General Provisions
Terms. Definitions Abbreviations And Symbols Terms .................................................................................................................... Definitions .............................................................................................................
Abbreviations ........................................................................................................
Scope And Control Of The Work Subcontracts .........................................................................................................
Contract Bonds .....................................................................................................
Plans And Specifications ...................................................................................... Surveying .............................................................................................................. Authority Of Board And Engineer .........................................................................
Changes In Work Changes Initiated by the Agency ..........................................................................
Extra Work ............................................................................................................ Changed Conditions ............................................................................................. Disputed Work ......................................................................................................
Control Of Materials Materials And Workmanship ................................................................................. Materials Transportation. Handling and Storage ..................................................
Utilities Location ................................................................................................................. Relocation .............................................................................................................
Prosecution. Progress And Acceptance Of The Work Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work ........................................ Prosecution Of Work ............................................................................................. Delays And Extensions Of Time ...........................................................................
Time of Completion ............................................................................................... Completion And Acceptance ................................................................................ Liquidated Damages .............................................................................................
Responsibilities Of The Contractor Liability Insurance ................................................................................................. Workers' Compensation Insurance ......................................................................
Permits ..................................................................................................................
Cooperation and Collateral Work ......................................................................... Project Site Maintenance ...................................................................................... Public Convenience And Safety ...........................................................................
Laws To Be Observed ..........................................................................................
Measurement and Payment Measurement Of Quantities For Unit Price Work ................................................. Payment ................................................................................................................
39
40 40
41
41 42
43
44
44
45 45
46
49
49
50
50
50
51
51 51 52
52
52
52 52 53 53
53 57
57
57
e= %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No . 3849-1 Page 3 of 136 Pages
Part 2 Construction Materials
Section 201
201 -1
Concrete. Mortar. and Related Materials
Portland Cement Concrete ...................................................................................
Section 203 Bituminous Materials
203-6 Asphalt Concrete ..................................................................................................
Section 206 Miscellaneous Metal Items
206-7 Traffic Signs ..........................................................................................................
206-9 Portable Changeable Message Sign ....................................................................
Section 209
209-1
209-2
209-3
209-4
209-5
209-6
209-7
209-8
Signals. Lighting And Electrical Systems
General ..................................................................................................................
Materials And Installation ......................................................................................
Controller Assemblies ...........................................................................................
Traffic Signal Faces And Fittings ..........................................................................
Detectors ...............................................................................................................
Lighting ..................................................................................................................
Removing, Reinstalling Or Salvaging Electrical Equipment .................................
Payment ................................................................................................................
Section 21 0 21 0-1 Paint ......................................................................................................................
21 0-3 Galvanizing ............................................................................................................
Paint And Protective Coatings
Section 21 4 Pavement Markers
21 4-5 Reflective Pavement Markers ...............................................................................
PART 3 Construction Methods
Section 307
307-3 Street Lighting Construction .................................................................................
307-4 Traffic Signal Construction ....................................................................................
Street Lighting And Traffic Signals
Section 31 0 Painting
31 0-5 Painting Various Surfaces ...................................................................................
31 0-7 Permanent Signing ...............................................................................................
Section 31 2
31 2-1 Placement ............................................................................................................. Pavement Marker Placement And Removal
Section 31 3
31 3-1
31 3-2
31 3-3
31 3-4
Temporary Traffic Control Devices
Temporary Traffic Signing ...................................................................................
Temporary Railing (Type K) And Crash Cushions ..............................................
Measurement And Payment .................................................................................
Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers ..................................................................
60
60
61
63
65
69
88
89
107
117
125
125
126
127
128
131
131
131
133
133
133
134
134
136
e= kg Revised 10/08/03 Contract No . 3849-1 Page 4 of 136 Pages
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Until 4:OO p.m. on July 20, 2004, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the
Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail,
delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be
opened and read, for performing the work as follows:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions constitute an
irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional
time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder.
The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the
City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications for
the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1997 Edition, and the
1998, 1999 and 2000 supplements thereto, all hereinafter designated “SSPWC” as issued by the
Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and as amended by the
supplemental provisions sections of this contract. Reference is hereby made to the plans and
specifications for full particulars and description of the work.
The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses.
The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to
utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer.
The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when
a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the
State of California as an irresponsible bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing
Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law.
The bidder’s security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until
the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall
be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (IO) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to
the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be
substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure
performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or
securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the
escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of
the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than
$100,000 per contract.
e= a# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 5 of 136 Pages
The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly
executed including notarization where indicated are:
1. Contractor's Proposal
2. Bidder's Bond
3. Non-Collusion Affidavit
4. Designation of Subcontractors and Amount of Subcontractor Bid
5. Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility
6. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience
7. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a)
8. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but
shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of
this contract.
9. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment
IO. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record
11. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security)
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are
approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is
$1 55,000.
Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a
contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and
shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall
be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where
federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is
awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and
classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal
funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A and C10 only.
If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of
the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted
with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date.
Sets of plans, supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's
Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314,
for a non-refundable fee of $15 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for
postage should be added.
Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings,
specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings
and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any
response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will
be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response
will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of
or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent,
employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder
may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad
except as hereinbefore specified.
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or
informality in such bids.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 6 of 136 Pages
The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770,
1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy
of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the
Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers
employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5
of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and
Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the
purposes of section 41 07 and 41 07.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to
the Contract for work.
A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held
All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this
proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words
and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected
extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the
basis of the corrected totals.
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or
written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to
bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an
amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor
shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to:
1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the
total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000).
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total
amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million
dollars ($1 0,000,000).
3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract
exceeds ten million dollars ($1 0,000,000).
These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in
full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the Supplemental
Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier
admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed
their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be
accompanied by the following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and
quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with
section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of
the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements.
4- a# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 7 of 136 Pages
Insurance is to be placed with insurers that:
1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V
2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the
Insurance Commissioner.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2) Cover anv vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City
does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers'
compensation insurance.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional
cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the
Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or
third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract.
Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2004-175,
adopted on the 1st day of June, 2004.
ISABELLE PAULSEN, CMC
Deputy Clerk
PUBLISH: June 10,1004
em rr# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 8 of 136 Pages
CITY OF CARLSBAD
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL
City Council
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Drive
Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice
Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto,
and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required
to do all the work to complete Contract No. 3849-1 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications,
Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefor the
following unit prices for each item complete, to wit:
I tern - No. Description
Approximate
Quantity Unit
and Unit Price
1 Traffic Signal Installation at 1 LS $ Iq40d*po
Poinsettia Lane and Paseo
Escuela at
O*€ WWb FollTv rJwg -r*s44
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Pi6 r4Whfl~a hub OU/;m DOL(,@
Total amount of bid in numbers: $ j v, 900"
Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening.
Addendum( a) No(s). NOdE hadhave been received and is/are included in this
proposal.
The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not
be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
4- fS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 9 of 136 Pages
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City
Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the
second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The Undersiqned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do
business or act in the cal __
license number ?h 5540 , classification - 7-24- 05 , and that this statement is true and corrkct and has the legal effect of
3acitv of a contractor within the State alidly licensed under
which expires on
an affidavit.
A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the
Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City 3 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated
by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the
contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. Public Contract Code § 201 04.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally
interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no
representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted
him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the
papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the
same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is 3 0 hd (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or
Cashier's Check) for ten percent (1 0%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in
accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is
com p lete .
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the
Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions.
e= rrs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 10 of 136 Pages
License Detail Page 1 of 2
Contractor License ## 765590
A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license data base. Beforc
on this information, you should be aware of the following limitations:
DISCLAIMER
CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 71 24.6). If this entity is subject tc
complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the lin
button to obtain complaint and/or legal action information.
Per B&P 7071.1 7, only construction related civil judgments known to the CSLB are di
Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the
arbitration.
Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered ont
Board's license data base.
~~
Extract Date: 07/20/2004
* * * Business Information * * *
H M S CONSTRUCTION INC
1225 LINDA VISTA DRIVE
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
Business Phone Number: (760) 736-3093
Entity: Corporation
Issue Date: 07/1 a1999 Expire Date: 07/31/2005
* * * License Status * * *
This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed.
* * * Classifications * * *
lG/ Description I
fA IGENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR
[E-'- IG EN E RA L BUILDING c oNTRA.C-TOR IKIELECTRICAL
* * * Bonding Information * * *
CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number 6036600 in the arr
http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/License+Detail.asp 7/20/2004
License Detail Page 2 of 2
$1 0,000 with the bonding company
SURETY COMPANY OF THE PACIFIC.
Effective Date: 01/01/2004
- Contractor's _. BondingHistory
BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(1): The Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) MI(
CHARLES HIGH certified that he/she owns 10 percent or more of the voting stock/equity
corporation. A bond of qualifying individual is not required.
Effective Date: 07/12/1999
* * * Workers Compensation Information * * *
This license has workers compensation insurance with the
STATE COMPENSATION INSURANCE FUND
Policy Number: 1669123 Effective Date: 11/21/2002 Expire Date: 11/21/2004
Workers Compensation History
Personnel listed on this license (current or disassociated) are listed on other lice1
Personnel List Other Licenses
License Number Request ~- Contractor ~ Name Requst Personnel Name Request
Salesperson Request Salesperson Name Request
0 2004 State of California. Conditions of Use Privacy Policy
http: //www 2. c s1b.c a. gov/C SLB-LIB R ARYLicen se+Detail . asp 7/20/2004
Page 1 of 1 Personnel List
License Number Request
CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS-STATE LlCEN Personnel List
Contractor License # 765590
~- Contractor Name Request Personnel Name Request
Click on the person's name to see a more detailed page of information on that person.
SalespEon Request
JAMES LOU ISLEVSTIK OFFICER 03/28/2002
RONALD IVAN JR
MICHAEL CHARLES HIGH RMO/CEO/PRES 07/12/1999 A
OFFICER 03/2 8/2 0 02
__ SalespersocNa-me Request
0 2004 State of California. Conditions of Use Privacy Policy
http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/Personnel+List.asp?LicNum=765590 7/20/2004
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
(1 ) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
(5) E-Mail
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a
general partner)
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
(5) E-Mail
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
(Title)
Impress Corporate Seal here
*- 6# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 11 of 136 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
C? A,
3 July 20, 2004 Tami Adams, Notary Public On before me,
personally appeared I - Schneider
fj Date
9 Narne(s) of Signer@)
Name and Etle of Othcer (e g Jane Doe Notary Public”)
fl personally known to me
U proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name@) is/d%
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hekkudbgrexecuted
the same in his&&ak authorized
capacit@$$, and that by his#&%%#
signature(&) on the instrument the personm or
the entity upon behalf of which the person#
acted, executed the instrument.
2
OPTIONAL l;q I?: ‘r^
I B Though the information below Is not required by law. it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. ?
$
$
9
G
3 Description of Attached Document
r; Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
1 $
fi Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
3 Signer’s Name: -
9 r7 Individual
!!q
$4 Ip
4 U Trustee
U Corporate Officer - Title(s): n Partner - 0 Limited U General
U Attorney-in-Fact
11 Guardian or Conservator
Signer Is Representing:
.as
D 1999 National Nolary Association * 9350 De Soto Ave , PO Box 2402 - Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 * www natlonalnolaryorg Prod No 5907 Reorder: Call loll-Free 1~800-876-6827
Incorporated under the laws of the State of
Place of Business aa5 1Jh
-3043
(6) E-Mail
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE
ATTACHED
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a
em p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 12 of 136 Pages
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF
CARLSBAD, in the sum of
dollars ($ )7 this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall
become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of
its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and
furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage
within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of
this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or tier bid
within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise
required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder.
BIDDER
*Delete the inapplicable word.
(NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be
executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.)
** $9 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 13 of 136 Pages
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETIIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3844-1
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carfsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) Ten Percent of Amount Bid for which
payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, joindy and severally, firmly by these presents.
Thatwe, HMS Construction, Inc. as Principal, and SafeCO Insurance bmpany Of +erica
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLiGATlON IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-
bounden Principal for:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 38491
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and
execute a Contract induding required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said
award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
... ..- ... ..- ... ... ... ... ... .-. ... .-. ... ... ..- ... ... ...
v.. ... ... ... ... ...
In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall
not exonerate the Surety from its 0bligatio.m under this bond.
04 Executed by PRINCIPAL this 25th day of June ,20__*
day 25th onstructi Executed by SURETY this of June ,2004,
=IpnL: kIJ
SURETY:
Safeco Insurance Company of America ea ~~h
(print name heye) I -
I (signhere)
Glendale, CA 91203
(address of Surety)
818-956-4242
(telephone number of Surety)
Christine A. Paterson, Attorney-in-Fact
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SUR€IY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.),
APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney
By:
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California I
Countyof Sari Diego I ss
Penny E. Kelley, Notary Public onJune 25, 2004 , before me,
Date Name and Title of Officer (e g Jane Doe Notary Public )
Christine A. Paterson personally appeared Narne(s) of Signer(s)
Bpersonally known to me
U proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
Place Notary Seal Above
to be the person(@ whose name$@ is/=
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me thatliJE/shelf&E$executed
the same in 3&Siher/BE@ authorized
capacity-, and that by $Bs/her/fB%
signaturem on the instrument the person$), or
the entity upon behalf of which the persow
acted, executed the instrument.
Wt?N&S mv hand and Dfficial seal
0 PTlO NA L
Though the informatfon below IS not requred by law if may prove valuable to persons relyng on the document
and could prevent frauduient removal and reattachment of thfs form to another document
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document _____ -~ -
Document Date Number of Pages
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name
fl Individual n Corporate Officer - Titie(s)
0 Partner - L Limited L General
U Attorney in Fact n Trustee
I Guardian or Conservator r Other .___
Signer Is Representing
a*==*=-*-***-*<
Pro1 No 590' Reorder Call Ti I Fire 1 FOG 875 682- Nolavkwr 1lim 9350 De Soto 4 e PO Box 2402. Cbalwartl Ck 91917 240
POWER A E O" OFATTORNEY
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
GENEFUV INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185
Its true and lawful attorney@)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character
issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respectbe company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and
attested these presents
this 7th day of Februarp , 2002
R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY MIKE M~GAVICK, PRESIDENT
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V. Section 13 - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President. the Secretary. and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that
purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations. stiall each have authority to appoint individuals as atorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to
execute on behalf of the conipany fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of sirnilar character issued by the company in the course of its business. . On any
mshrncnt making or evidencing such appintmcnt. the signatures may be afsed by facsimile. On any inshment confcning such authority or on any bond or
undertaking of the company, ffie seal. or a bainiile Itiereof, may be irnpressed or affLxeci or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however. that the seal shall not
be necessav to the validity of any such instrument or undortaking."
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COhlPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28.1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretav or an assistant secretary of the Company setting aut,
(i) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws. and
(ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certfying that said power-of-atlorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the cetling officer may De by facsimile. and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof."
I, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the
foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations. and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and
correct. and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
June 2004 this 25th day of
&d&-
R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY
S-0974ISAEF 2101 E A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation
2/7/02 PDF
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
County of
On
Nameis, of Signeris) r ersonally known to me
@proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence i
to be the personM whose nameM ishe
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hekb&be+executed
the same in his+kmW?k authorized
capacity@@, and that by his/kerfthetf
signatur- on the instrument the personw or
the entity upon behalf of which the personN
acted, executed the instrument
'-,
OPTlONA L
Though the information below IS not required by law, it may prove valuable io persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of fhis form to another document
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages: -
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name - -
I 1 Individual
I Corporate Officer - Title(s)
I Attorney-in-Fact
L 1 Trustee
I I Guardian or Conservator
I1 Other
I Partner - I Limited ~ General
Signer IS Representing: u
IC: 1999 Nalional Notary Association * 9350 De Solo Ave PO Box 2402 * Chatsworth. CA 91313-2402 www nationalnotary org Prod No 5907 Reorder Call Toll Free 1-800-876~6827
CALIFORNIA ALL=PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
' b'
State of California
County of Sari Diego
July 20, 2004 Tami Adams, Notary Public On before me,
Date Name and Title 01 Officer [e g "Jane Doe. Nolary Public")
personally appeared I - Schneider
Narne(s) 01 Signer(s)
B personally known to me
U proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name0 is/&??
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hekkdtkqexecuted
the same in his&g&&K authorized
capacitSH, and that by his#&#f&lf
signature(@ on the instrument the person@$ or
the entity upon behalf of which the person$$
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
El Individual I I Top of thumb here
11 Corporate Officer - Title(s): ~
U Partner - n Limited 0 General
U Attorney-in-Fact
i_l Trustee
U Guardian or Conservator
U Other:
Signer Is Representing:
D 1999 National Notary Associalion - 9350 De Solo Ave , PO Box 2402 Chatswortt CA 91313-2402 www nalionalnotaryorg Prod No 5907 Reorder Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
Company Profile Page 1 of 2
Company Profile In
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF
AMERICA
STATE FILINGS C-2 SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE, WA 98 185
800-332-3226
Former Names for Company
Old Name: SELECTIVE AUTO & F INS CO AMER Effective Date: 11-02-1953
Agent for Service of Process
DAWN JEWORSKI, 120 VANTIS SUITE 130 ALISO VIEJO, CA 92656
Unable to Locagthe Agent for Servjce of Process?
Reference Information
Date authorized in California: Octo
Company Typc:
Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact
The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of
any of these terms, please refer to the glossary.
AIRCRAFT
AUTOMOBILE
BOILER AND MACHINERY
BURGLARY
COMMON CARRIER LIABILITY
CREDIT
FIRE
h ttp://c di ns w w w .insurance .ca.gov/pl s/w u-co-prof/idb-c o-prof-utl. ge t_co_prof?p_EID=3.. . 7/20/2004
Company Profile Page 2 of 2
LIABILITY
MARINE
MISCELLANEOUS
PLATE GLASS
SPRINKLER
SURETY
TEAM AND VEHICLE
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
Company Complaint Information
Company Enforcement Action Documents
Company Performance & Companrion Data
Composite Complaint Studies
Want More?
Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area
Financial Rating Organizations
Last Revised - April 26,2004 02:22 PM
Copyright 0 California Department of Insurance
Dizclai mer
http://cdinswww .insurance.ca.gov/pls/wu_co_prof/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co~prof?p_EID=3 . . . 7/20/2004
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING
THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor disclosure form Bidders are urged
to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC (“Greenbook”) and in the Supplemental
Provisions to this Contract, especially, “Bid”, “Bidder”, “Contract”, “Contractor”, “Contract Price”,
‘Contract Unit Price”, “Engineer”, “Subcontractor” and “Work” and the definitions in section 1-2 of the
Supplemental Provisions especially “Own Organization.” Bidders are further urged to review sections
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the Greenbook and section 2-3.1 of these Supplemental Provisions.
CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the
Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance
of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other
than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that
may be so designated by the Engineer on the ‘Contractor’s Proposal” are not included in computing
the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every
subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the
work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California
whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement
according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets
and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars
($1 0,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be
set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer.
The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder’s sealed bid.
Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in reiection of the bid as non-
responsive.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of
materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans,
shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder
proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-
installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder
proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item.
When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper
form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter “NONE” in the appropriate
space.
When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a
bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The
explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to
perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces.
Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined
by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the
Supplemental Provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final.
e= aS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 16 of 136 Pages
Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or
1777.7.
Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the
required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in
the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
Qm %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 17 of 136 Pages
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR’S BID ITEMS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSElTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section
4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, “Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act.“ The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the
subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
SUBCONTRACTOR’S BID ITEMS
Subcontractor’s License No.* 3q boss
Page \ of \ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
* Pursuant to section 41 04 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information
preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for
submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids.”
%# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 18 of 136 Pages
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
(To Accompany Proposal)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
Copies of the latest Annual Report, audited financial statements or Balance Sheets may be
submitted under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL.
4- r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 19 of 136 Pages
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
CONTENTS
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT'S REVIEW REPORT
ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Balance sheets
Statements of income
Statements of cash flows
Notes to financial statements
2 and 3
4
5
6 through 11
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT'S REVIEW REPORT
ON SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 12
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Cost of contract revenues earned
General and administrative expenses
Earnings from contracts
Contracts in progress
Contracts completed
13
14
15
16
17
MARK E HAYES
Memberships
Certified Public Accountants
- American institute of
- California Society of CPAs
Certified Public Accounfanl
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT
ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
To the Board of Directors
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
San Marcos, California
I have reviewed the accompanying balance sheets of HMS Construction, Inc. as of
December 3 1,2003 and 2002, and the related statements of income, retained earnings,
and cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with Statements on Standards for
Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants. All of the information included in the financial statements is the
representation of the management of HMS Construction, Inc..
A review consists principally of inquiries of Company personnel and analytical
procedures applied to financial data. It is substantially less in scope than an audit
conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of
which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a
whole. Accordingly, I do not express such an opinion.
Based upon my review, I am not aware of any material modifications that should be
made to the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
148 Woodward Ave.
Escondido, CA 92025
(760) 747-4200
FAX (‘760) 740-0295
E-mail hayescpa @ao/ corn
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 3 I, 2003 AND 2002
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
ASSETS 2003 2002
CURRENT ASSETS
CASH (NOTEA) $ 36,795 $ 40,788
CONTRACT RECEIVABLES (NOTE A & B) 2,844,079 2,050,860
PREPAID EXPENSES 0 0
EMPLOYEE RECEIVABLE 0 609
COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS IN EXCESS OF
BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS (NOTE A & D) 981,833 398,766
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 3,862,708 2,491,024
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (NOTE A & C) 5,452,070 5,470,099
LESS: ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION (3,341,023) (2,750,660)
2,111,047 2,719,439
OTHER ASSETS
DEPOSITS 64,601 11,526
64,601 11,526
-2-
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S CAPITAL 2003 2002
CURRENT LIABILITIES
ACCOUNTS PAYAB1.E $ 1,546,452 $ 677,685
FRANCHISE TAX PAYABLE 7,800 7,524
ACCRUED EXPENSES AND PAYROLL TAXES PAYABLE 182,918 60,098
BILLINGS IN EXCESS OF COSTS AND ESTIMATED
EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS (NOTES A & D) 541,811 483,336
LINE OF CREDIT (NOTE E ) 399,221 274,117
CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT (NOTE G) 697,267 795,029
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 3,375,469 2,297,788
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
NOTES PAYABLE (NOTE G) 721,489 1,107,665
721,489 1,107,665
TOTAL LIABILITIES 4,096,957 3 , 405 , 454
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
COMMON STOCK, NO PAR 588,248 588,248
AUTHORIZED 10,000
ISSUED 1,000
OUTSTANDING 1,000
RETAINED EARNINGS 1,353,151 1,228,287
1,941,399 1,816,535
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
-3 -
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 3 1,2003 AND 2002
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
INCOME 2003 2002
REVENUES EARNED (NOTE A) $ 15,925,255 100.00% $ 12,653,008 100.00%
COST OF REVENUES EARNED (SCH I) 13,335,857 83.74% 10,994,604 86.89%
GROSS PROFIT 2,589,399 16.26% 1,658,404 13.11%
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE (SCII 11) 1,721,245 10.81% 984,730 7.78%
OPERATING INCOME 868,154 5.45% 673,674 5.32%
NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE).
INTEREST EXPENSE (235,213) -1.48% (223,144) -1.76%
INTEREST INCOME 135 0.00% 2,630 0.020/0
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) (19,045) -0.12% (35,273) -0.280/0
GAIN (LOSS) ON SALE OF ASSET (139,380) -0.88% 8,895 0.070/0
(393,504) -2.47% (246,891) -1.95%
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 474,650 2.98% 426,782 3.37%
INCOME TAXES (NOTE A) 7,800 0.05% 7,524 0.06%
NET INCOME $ 466,850 2.93% $ 419,258 3.31Oh
RETAINED EARNINGS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR $ 1,228,287 $ 1,283,098
LESS: SHAREHOLDER DISTRIBUTIONS (341,986) (474,070)
ADD. NET INCOME 466,850 419,258
RETAINED EARNINGS AT END OF YEAR $ 1,353,151 $ 1,228,287
SEE NOTES TO FlNANCIAL. STr4TMENTS
-4-
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 3 1,2003 AND 2002
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
2003 2002
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERA TING ACTIVITIES
NET INCOME $ 466,850 $ 419,258
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET
CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
DEPRECIATION 771,355 983,080
(GAIN) LOSS ON SALE OF FIXED ASSETS 139,380 (8,895)
(INCREASE) IIECREASE IN.
CONTRACT RECEIVABLES (793,219) (643,417)
PREPAID EXPENSES 0 76,900
EMPLOYEE RECEIVABLE 609 30,244
COSTS IN EXCESS OF BILLINGS (583,067) 428,559
DEPOSITS (53,075) (11,526)
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES 991,863 (4,085)
BILLINGS IN EXCESS OF COSTS 58,475 (275,508)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 999,170 994,609
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN:
CASH FLOWS FROM INWSTING ACTIVITIES
PROCEEDS FROM DISPOSAL OF EQUIPMENT 74,000 57,108
PURCI L4SE OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (376,342) (427,547)
NliT CASH (USED) BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES (302,342) (370,439)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIFITIES
REPAYMENTS OF 1,ONG-TERM DEBT (759,438) (776,469)
PROCEED FROM LONG TERM DEBT 275,500 123,213
PROCEEDS (REPAYMENTS OF) FROM LINE OF CREDIT
SHAREHOLDER DISTRIBUTIONS
SHAREHOLDER NOTE PAYABLE
125,104
(341,986)
0
216,904
(474,070)
0
NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES (700,820) (910,421)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH (3,992) (286,252)
CASH
AT BEGINNING OF YEAR 40,788 327,039
END OF YEAR $ 36,795 $ 40,788
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOWINFORMATION
CAS11 PAYMENTS FOR:
SEE NOTES TO HNAVCIAL STATLWENTS
-5-
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORl
NOTE A
NA TURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of business
The Company incorporated as of January 1, 2000 (an S corporation) and is principally engaged as a general
engineering and electrical construction company specializing in traffic signal installation. Work on both new
and existing jobs is performed primarily under fixed-price contracts.
A summary of the Company's significant accounting policies follows:
Cash and cash equivalents
For purposes of reporting the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all cash amounts which are not
subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties, and all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Revenues and cost recognition
Revenues from construction contracts are recognized on the percentage of completion method, measured on
the basis of incurred costs to estimated total costs for each contract. This cost-to-cost method is used because
management considers it to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract
performance. General and administrative costs are charged to expenses as incurred. Provisions for estimated
losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability are recognized in the period in which the revisions are
determined .
The asset, Tost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts," represents revenues
recognized in excess of amounts billed. The liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues recognized.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is carried at cost and is depreciated using the modified accelerated cost recovery
method for financial statement purposes. Bonus depreciation in the initial year of acquisition is taken whenever
possible.
Use of Estimates
The prcparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principals requires
management to makc estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosurc of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of thc financial statements and thc reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates
-6-
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
NOTE A
NA TURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CONTINUED
Contracts Receivable
No allowances for uncollectible contract receivables has been reflected in the financial statements as
managen~ent believes all accounts to be collectible. The company uses the direct wite-off method of
accounting for bad debt. Under this method contract receivables are expenses to debts at the time
management considers them uncollectible.
Income Tuxes
The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, elected to be taxed under the provisions of
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Under those provisions, the Company does not pay
corporate income taxes on its taxable income. Instead, the stockholders separately account for their
prorata shares of the Company's items of income, deduction, losses and credits. Therefore, these
statements include provision for corporation income taxes only to the extent that the Company is subject
to California tax.
Reclassification
Certain 2002 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in 2003.
NOTE B
CONTRACT RECEIVABLES
The following is a summary of amounts receivable at December 3 1 ,:
2003 2002
Contract Receivables $ 2,122,924 $ 1,594,849
Retentions 721,155 456,011
$ 2,844,079 $ 2.050.860
NOTE C
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The following is a summary of property and equipment at December 3 1 ,:
2003 2002
Autos and trucks $ 1,016,453 $ 707,341
Field equipment 4,050,582 4,398,304
Drill Tooling 294,249 294,249
Oflice and computer equipment 78,097 58,876
Leasehold improvements 12,690 11,329
S 5.452.070 $ 5.470.099
-I-
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
NOTED
COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
Following is a summary of contracts in progress for the year ended December 3 1 ,:
2003 2002
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts $ 4,330,629 $ 3,655,057
Estimated earnings 2,129,266 1,410,305
Total costs and estimated earnings 6,459,895 5,065,362
Less billings to date (6,019,873) (5,149,932)
$ 440,022 $ (84,570)
Included in the accompanying balance sheet under the Following captions:
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
on uncompleted contracts $ 981,833 $ 398,766
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
on uncompleted contracts 541,811 483,336
$ 440,022 8 (84,570)
NOTE E
LINE OF CREDIT, BANK
Under the terms of a revolving credit arrangement with the bank, the Company may borrow up to a total of
$500,000 at 2.375% above the bank's base rate through August 2004. The balance outstanding at December 3 1, 2003
and 2002 was $399,22 land $274,117, respectfully. The Company expects to renew this agreement upon its expiration.
NOTE F
LEASE COMMITMENTS
The company leases autos, trucks and equipment under operating leases expiring in various years through 2008.
Minimum hture rental payments under these non-cancelable operating leases have remaining ternis in excess
of one year as oFDecember 3 1, 2003 for each of the next five years in the aggregate are:
Year ending December 3 1 ,:
2004 $ 146,775
2005 139,022
2006 139,022
2007 71,241
2008 17.724
$ 513.784
-8-
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
NOTE G
LONG TERMDEBT
Following is a summary of long-term debt at December 3 1 ,:
2003 2002
7.6% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $1,704 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CIT Financial. $ 0 $ 40,726
6% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $1,463 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CAT Financial.
4% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $545 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CAT Financial.
8.5% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $712 including interest.
Collateralized by auto. Payable to Ford Motor Credit.
22.8% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $763 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to Affinity.
10.2% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $7.340 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CIT.
5.25% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $5,740 plus interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CIT.
9.6% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $6,59 1 including interest,
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CIT.
9% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $9,520 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CIT.
13.4% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $2,150 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to CIT.
0
0
4,173
0
129,273
212,365
81,074
239,600
44,034
15,621
2,164
14,508
6,892
194,541
0
148,824
327,890
62,580
-9-
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
NOTE C
LONG TERMDEBT, CONTINUED
Following is a summary of long-temi debt at December 3 1,:
2003 2002
14.9% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $1,069 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to First Federal Leasing. $ 0 8 13,665
10.9% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $705 including interest.
Collateralized by truck. Payable to Chevrolet.
9.5% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $1 1,195 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment.
15,702 21,559
10.3% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $12,6 17 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to DC Financial Services. 283,686
0 127,855
9.75% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $753 including interest.
Collateralized by truck. Payable to Ford Motor Credit
1 1 YO note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $700 including interest.
Collateralized by truck. Payable to GMAC
9.8% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $696 including interest.
Collateralized by truck. Payable to GE Capital
10.8% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $8,35 1 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to First Sierra
1 1.98% note payable to finance company, due in
monthly payments of $4,95 1 including interest.
Collateralized by equipment. Payable to American Equip
9.50% note payable to vendor, due in
monthly payments of $1,505. Collateralized by trucks.
Payable to Ford Motor Credit.
19,649
17,746
17,913
243,293
59,631
50,616
346,383
26,661
23,815
24,265
312,877
108,656
62,213
-10-
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
NOTE G
LONG TERM DEBT, CONTINUED
Following is a summary of long-term dcbt at December 3 1 ,:
2003 2002
0% note payable to vendor, due in
monthly payments of $5,000. Collateralized by equipment.
Payable to American Equip. $ 0 $ 20,000
$ 1,418,755 $ 1,902,694
Less current maturities: (677,267) (795,029)
$ 741,489 $ 1,107,665
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at Dccember 3 1, 2003 are as follows:
2004 $ 677,267
2005 5 13,23 2
2006 222,517
$ 1.418.755
2007 5,740
-I 1-
MARK E HAYES
Memberships
Certified Public Accoilntar!ts
- American Institute of
- California Society of CPA's
Certified Public Accountant
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT
ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
To the Board of Directors
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
San Marcos, California
My review was made for the purpose of expressing limited assurance that there are no
material modifications that should be made to the basic financial statements in order for
them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The
supplemental information which follows is presented for purposes of additional analysis
and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. Such information has been
subjected to the inquiry and analytical procedures applied in the review of the basic
financial statements and I did not become aware of any material modifications that
khould be made to such information.
148 WoodwardAve
Escondido, CA 32025
( 760 ) 74 7-4200
FAX (760) 740-0295
€-ma// hayescpa @ao/ corn
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
COST OF CONTRACT REVENUES EARNED
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 3 I, 2003 AND 2002
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
2003 2002
MATERIALS $ 2,521,123 15.83% $ 3,170,865 25.06%
IABOR 3,137,749 19.70% 2,230,748 17.63Vo
EQUIPMENT 680,111 4.27% 460,734 3.640/0
EQUIPMENT RENTAL 239,174 1.50% 196,906 1.560/0
EQUIPMENT REPAIRS & MAWTENANCE 237,701 1.49% 163,106 1.29%
FUEL EXPENSE 170,848 1.07% 129,177 1.02%
INSURANCE 371,230 2.33% 273,393 2.16%
OTHER CONSTRUCTION COSTS 2,222,579 13.96% 1,411,341 11.15%
PAYROLL TAX EXPENSE & WORKERS COMP INS 815,108 5.12% 399,208 3.16%
SUBCONTRACTS 2,035,722 12.78% 1,477,984 11.68%
SUPPLIES & SMALL TOOLS 20,458 0.13% 11,018 0.099'0
YARD EXPENSES 104,736 0.66% 63,994 0.510/0
ESTIMATING EXPENSE 7,964 0.05% 23,051 0.18%
DEPRECIATION 771,355 4.84% 983,080 7.77%
$ 13,335,857 83.74% $ 10,994,604 86.89%
SEX NOTES TO FIN'4NCIAL STATEMENTS
-13-
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 3 I, 2003 AND 2002
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
2003 2002
WAGES - OFFICER
WAGES - ADMINISTRATION
ADVERTISING
AUTOMOBILE EXPENSE
BANK CHARGES
BUSINESS PROMOTION
CONTRIBUTIONS
DUES & SUBSCRIPTIONS
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
INSURANCE
LICENSES AND PERMITS
MISCELLANEOUS
OFFICE SUPPLIES AND EXPENSE
OUTSIDE SERVICES
POSTAGE
PROFESSIONAL rms
PROPERTY TAXES
RENT
REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE
TELEPIIONE
TRAVEL & ENTERTAINMENT
$ 100,000
7 3 1 , 309
15,190
9,999
3,935
13,040
3,249
5,254
77,009
201,999
40,072
21,638
50,394
28,679
13,944
106,153
58,318
128,798
6,770
85,659
14,354
0.63% $
4.59%
0.10%
0.06%
0.02%
o.oavo
0.02%
0.03%
0.48%
1.27%
0.25%
0.14%
0.32%
0.18%
0.09%
0.67oJo
0.37%
0.81%
0.04%
0.54%
0.09%
54,000
337,921
3,274
13,705
0
4,450
2,988
2,735
60,242
100,088
31,640
61,665
35,540
9,550
9,003
30,825
57,902
65,514
3,184
82,808
13,018
0.43%
2.67%
0.03%
0.11%
0.00%
0.04%
0.02%
0.02%
0.48%
0.79%
0.25%
0.49%
0.28%
0.08%
0.07Oh
0.24%
0.46%
0.52%
0.03%
0.65%
0.10%
UTILITIES 5,482 0.03% 4,677 0.04%
$ 1,721,245 10.81Vo $ 984,730 7.78%
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
-14-
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
EARNINGS FROM CONTRACTS
DECEMBER 3 1,2003
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REVIEW REPORT
Contract Totals
cost of
Revenues Revenues Gross
Earned Earned Profit
Contracts completed during the year
ended December 3 1, 2003
Contracts in progress at
December 3 1, 2003
$10,404,548 $7,675,104 2,729,444
5,520,706 3,673,127 1,847,579
Unallocated indirect job costs 0 2,007,626 (2,007,626)
SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATmENTS
-15-
0m000~0NYOOOo00000~0oooo a- *- 2 ms s a.
LCI NP r. N N x 2
IIMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
CONTRACTS COMPLETED
DECEMBER 3 1. 2003
SEE ACCOUNTANTS REb'IEW REPORT
During the Year Ended
Contract Totals Before January 1,2003 December 31,2003
Cost of Cost of
Contract Earned Earned Profit Earned Earned
Revenues Revenues Gross Revenues Revenues
1028
1012
1027
1030
2035
2036
2043
2044
2045
2052
2054
2055
2059
2060
206 1
2062
2063
2064
2066
2067
1007
1023
2042
2070
3073
3078
3081
3085
3093
3094
3096
3097
3087
3104
3004A
3010A
3112A
3113A
3114A
3166A
3026A
3039A
3047A
3048A
3049A
3058A
3067.4
3 104.4
SMN.L
$362,032
1,850,406
429,136
397,863
465,627
570,625
302,209
382,480
26,309
400,186
72,483
55,154
47,109
219,580
89,810
118,760
41,507
287,935
78,684
136,242
294,919
277,699
2,478,337
88,537
160,989
2,517,428
221,106
131,885
85,281
60,650
45,994
28,000
142,981
32,567
38,075
56,683
20,779
26,250
20,055
60,285
123,673
32,125
22,883
25,000
376,015
29,123
23,185
202,820
JOBS 573,261
$203,826
1,180,058
209,503
274,474
379,334
518,596
237,076
319,804
18,416
323,331
54,727
47,781
39,112
113,464
63,728
100,400
23,918
270,150
41,389
128,780
167,397
238,953
1,701,473
73,771
76,163
2,252,811
166,489
113,485
56,922
46,632
27,412
21,000
119,888
29,845
24,871
23,598
8,274
11,400
6,290
52,090
73,523
20,807
20,634
11,507
228,452
13,372
12,255
66,869
458,609
$158,206
670,348
219,633
123,389
86,293
52,029
65,133
62,676
7,893
76,855
17,756
7,373
7,997
106,116
26,082
18,360
17,589
17,785
37,295
7,462
127,522
38,746
776,864
14,766
84,826
264,617
54,617
18,400
28,359
14,018
18,582
7,000
23,093
2,722
13,204
33,085
12,505
14,850
13,765
8,195
50,150
11,3 18
2,249
13,493
147,563
15,751
10,930
135,951
114,652
$189,940
1,440,010
430,831
231,010
359,126
570,624
212,285
309,161
26,309
20,742
23,406
33,445
5,191
89,298
8,794
2,015
29,113
5,971
4,209
134,694
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
$150,141
965,197
2 0 4,6 8 8
173,215
281,536
477,014
174,074
253,714
18,416
17,008
18,725
23,607
4,153
73,224
7,211
1,612
21,042
4,777
3,367
124,834
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cost of
Gross Revenues Revenues Gross
Profit Earned Earned Profit
$39,799
474,813
226,143
57,795
77,590
93,610
38,211
55,447
7,893
3,734
4,681
9,838
1,038
16,074
1,583
403
8,071
1,194
842
9,860
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
$172,092
410,396
-1,695
166,853
106,501
1
89,924
73,319
0
379,444
49,077
21,709
41,918
130,282
81,016
116,745
12,394
281,964
74,475
1,548
294,919
277,699
2,478,337
88,537
160,989
2,517,428
221,106
131,885
85,281
60,650
45,994
28,000
142,981
32,567
38,075
56,683
20,779
26,250
20,055
60,285
123,673
32,125
22,883
25,000
376,015
29,123
23,185
202,820
573,261
$53,685
214,861
4,815
101,259
97,798
41,582
63,002
66,090
0
306,323
36,002
24,174
34,959
40,240
56,517
98,788
2,876
265,373
38,022
3,946
167,397
238,953
1,701,473
73,771
76,163
2,252,811
166,489
113,485
56,922
46,632
27,412
2 1,000
119,888
29,845
24,871
23,598
8,274
11,400
6,290
52,090
73,523
20,807
20,634
11,507
228,452
13,372
12,255
66,869
458,609
$118,407
195,535
-6,510
65,594
8,703
-41,581
26,922
7,229
0
73,121
13,075
-2,465
6,959
90,042
24,499
17,957
9,518
16,591
36,453
-2,398
127,522
38,746
776,864
14,766
84,826
264,617
54,617
18,400
28,359
14,018
18,582
7,000
23,093
2,722
13,204
33,085
12,505
14,850
13,765
8,195
50,150
11,318
2,249
13,493
147,563
15,751
10,930
135,951
114,652
$14,530,722 $10,672,659 $3,858,063 $4,126,175 $2,997,555 $1,128,620 $10,404,548 $7,675,104 $2,729,444
SEE NOTES TO FIN.ANC1.4L STATE?dENTS
-17
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed
Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will
enable the City to judge hidher responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used.
4ii %$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 20 of 136 Pages
CONTRACTOR’S REFERENCE LIST
Attached to this bid is HMS Construction, Inc.’s list of completed projects in which work of a similar
type or complexity was performed in the past two (2) years.
Project Name: Fiber Optic / CCTV Phase 4
Contract Price: $3,494,563 .OO
Date of Completion: 02/02
Owner: California Department of Transportation
Project # 11-064614
Attn: Vince Byrnes
7 177 Opportunity Road
San Diego, CA 92 1 1 1
(85 8) 467-4094
Project Name: Barham Drive at Woodland Pkwy Intersection Improvements
Contract Price: $401,361 .OO
Date of Completion: 03/02
Owner: City of San Marcos, Development Services Engineering
Attn: Omar Dayani
1 Civic Center Drive
San Marcos, CA 92069
(760) 744-1050 (Ext. 3255)
5. Project Name: Construction of Traffic Signal & Street Lighting System @
Contract Price: $150,779.00
Date of Completion: 05/02
Owner: City of San Diego
Governor Drive & Stadium Street Project # KO20 15 / WO# 6220 10
Attn: Richard Dell’Orfano
9485 Aero Drive
San Diego, CA 92 123
(858) 495-473 1
4. Project Name: Construction of Traffic Signal & Street Lighting System @ Duke Street / Midway Drive &
Contract Price: $155,967.00
Date of Completion: 08/02
Owner: City of San Diego
Bond Street / Garnet Avenue Project # KO2016 / WO# 622040
Attn: Richard DelI’Orfano
9485 Aero Drive
San Diego, CA 92123
(858) 495-4731
5. Project Name: Wildcat Canyon Road Traffic Flashing Beacons Installation
Contract Price: $23,844.00
Date of Completion: 07/02
Owner: County of San Diego, Department of Purchasing & Contracting
Attn: Dave Bosley
5555 Overland Avenue, Bldg 11
San Diego, CA 92 123- 1290
(619) 701-1905
6.
7.
8.
9.
Project Name: Glorietta Bay Pump Station Replacement
Contract Price: $68,204.00
Date of Completion: 01/02
Owner: City of Coronado
Contractor: HPS Mechanical, Inc.
Attn: Scott Fox
220 West G Street, Suite C
San Diego, CA 92101-6027
(619) 233-7222
Project Name: Olympic Pkwy Street Improvements, Oleander Avenue to Brandywine Avenue (STM-344)
Contract Price: $193,718.00
Date of Completion: 1 1/0 1
Owner:
Contractor:
City of Chula Vista
West Coast General Corp.
Attn: David Davey
12243 Highway 67
Lakeside, CA 92040
(619) 561-4200
Project Name: Installation of UPS Systems
Contract Price: $42,229.00
Date of Completion: 08/01
Owner: County of San Diego, Department of Purchasing & Contracting
Attn: Dave Bosley
5555 Overland Avenue, Bldg 11
San Diego, CA 92123-1290
(619) 701-1905
Project Name: Construction of Traffic Signal and Safety Lighting System at 3 Locations (Bid # 10130)
Contract Price: $3 16,207.00
Date of Completion: 1210 1
Owner: County of San Diego, Department of Purchasing & Contracting
Attn: Dave Bosley
5555 Overland Avenue, Bldg 11
San Diego, CA 92123-1290
(619) 701-1905
10. Project Name: Traffic Signal Loop Detector Replacement Program (TF-273)
Contract Price: $74,093.00
Date of Completion: 08/01
Owner: City of Chula Vista
Attn: Roberto D. Juan
276 Fourth Avenue
Chula Vista, CA 91910
(619) 409-5948 .,
Submitted wit
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
} ss.
Tam1 Adams, Notary Public before me, July 20, 2004 3 On
Date Name and mtle 01 Onicer (e q “Jane Doe Notary Publc’l
R 4,
personally appeared --, Ronald I. Schneider
Name(s) of Signer(s)
Fl personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name@) is/%%
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hekkdbgrexecuted
the same in his@&&k authorized
capacit@$$, and that by his?h@%6%
signature(@ on the instrument the personM or
the entity upon behalf of which the person#
acted, executed the instrument. TAM1 ADms
Commission C 1324605
<g 4 OPTlONA L 9 p Though the information below is not required by law it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document
% 8 h Document Date Number of Pages ?: 8
c 4 Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above.
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
9 Signer’s Name: 12
U Individual 8 1 Top of thumb here I $3 ’9 U Corporate Officer - Title(s)
[ 1 Partner - 0 Limited General
U Attorney-in-Fact n Trustee
U Guardian or Conservator
U Other
Signer Is Representing
,e-< Q;cA-cs
D 1999 National Notary Associalion * 9350 De Solo Ave , PO Box 2402 Chatsworlh CA 91313-2402 - www nationalnotary org Prod No 5907 Reorder Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR
GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE
LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSElTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of:
Comprehensive General Liability
Automobile Liability
Workers Compensation
Employer's Liability
2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon
payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for
Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's
Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency
showing conformance with the requirements herein.
All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered
to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids, the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction and the Supplemental Provisions for this project for each insurance
company that the Contractor proposes.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
4% p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 21 of 136 Pages
DATE IMMlODNVl CERTIFIC I 8/09/04
’ROOUCER 61 9-699-0541 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
DRIVER ALLIANT INSURANCE
1620 FIFTH AVENUE
SAN DIEGO, CA 92101
JAMES CASTLE COMPANY A WESTCHESTER FIRE INS. CO.
B HARTFORD CASUALTY INS. CO. COMPANY YSURED
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
1225 LINDA VISTA DRIVE
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069 i CoMpNY
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE IMMIDDNY) DATE IMMIDDNY) LIMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE
GLW777869 1211 6/03 1211 6/04 GENERAL AGGREGATE 5 2000000
2000000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1000000
EACH OCCURRENCE s 1000000
FIRE DAMAGE lAny one fire) S 50000
PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $
GENERAL LIABILITY
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CLAIMS MADE OCCUR
OWNER’S & CONTRACTOR’S PROT
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
PER PROJECT
AGGREGATE LIMIT
CONTRACTUAL
LIABILITY
72UENUS1347
5000 MED EXP lAny one person) I $
4/26/04
1000000
4/26/05 COMBINE0 SINGLE LIMIT I S
1 I
BODILY INJURY
HIRE0 AUTOS
x NON-OWNED AUTOS I PROPERTY DAMAGE
AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT GARAGE LIABILITY
ANY AUTO
1 AGGREGATE 1 S
EACH OCCURRENCE Is 5000000 CUW774150 1211 6/03 1211 6/04 EXCESS LIABILITY
UMBRELLA FORM
WORKERS COMPENSATION AN0
EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY
THE PROPRIETOR/
PARTNERSiEXECUTlVE n INCL
AGGREGATE
EL EACH ACCIDENT
EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S OFFICERS ARE: EXCL
OTHER
“IO DAYS NOTICE FOR NON-PAY
3ESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS”ICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS RE: TRAFFIC SIGNAL @ POINSETTIA LANE & PASEO ESCUELA PROJECT #3849-1
THE CITY OF CARLSBAD IS INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS THE
OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED PER ATTACHED ENDORSEMENT. PRIMARY &
NON-CONTRIBUTORY WORDING APPLIES.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
1635 FARADAY AVENUE
CARLSBAD, CA 92008-731 4
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBE0 POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL WIOCO+(OLlr*O MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
-7- - &CORD 25-S 11195)
CL 246
(11-85) PC'TJICY NUMBER: GLW777869
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC.
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
CG 20 10 11 85
ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES
OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART.
SCHEDULE
Name of Person or Organization:
THE CITY OF CARLSBAD RE: TRAFFIC SIGNAL @ POINSETTIA LANE &
PASEO ESCUELA PROJECT #3849-1
(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement. )
WHO IS INSURED (Section 11) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work1' for that insured by or for you.
Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc
POLICYHOLDER COPY
STATE P.O. BOX 420807, SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94142-0807
Fu N D CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
COMPENSATION
INSURANCE
ISSUE DATE: 08-09-2004 GROUP: POLICY NUMBER: 1669123-2004 CERTIFICATE ID: 171 CERTIFICATE EXPIRES: 11 - 2 1-2 0 0 5
11-21-2004/11-21-2005
CITY OF CARLSBAD
1635 FARADAY AVENUE
CARLSBAD CA 92008-7314 JOB: TRAFFIC SIGNAL 63 POINSETTIA LANE
& PASEO ESCUELA PROJECT #3849-1
This is to certify that we have issued a valid Worker's Compensation insurance policy in a form approved by the California Insurance Commissioner to the employer named below for the policy period indicated.
This policy is not subject to cancellation by the Fund except upon 30 days advance written notice to the employer.
We will also give you 30 days advance notice should this policy be cancelled prior to its normal expiration.
This certificate of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate of insurance may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions, and conditions, of such policies.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE PRESIDENT
EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY LIMIT INCLUDING DEFENSE COSTS: $1,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE.
ENDORSEMENT #2065 ENTITLED CERTIFICATE HOLDERS' NOTICE EFFECTIVE 11-21-2003 IS
ATTACHED TO AND FORMS A PART OF THIS POLICY.
EMPLOYER
HMS CONSTRUCTION, INC
1225 LINDA VISTA DR
SAN MARCOS CA 92078
SCIF 10262E Accept this certificate only If you see a faint watermark that reads "OFFICIAL STATE FUND DOCUMENT" PR%ED: 08-09-2004 PAGE 1 OF1
BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
(To Accompany Proposal)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSElTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by
another jurisdiction in the State of California?
2) If yes, what wadwere the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what wadwere the period(s) of
debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments.
party debarred party debarred
agency agency
period of debarment period of debarment
BY CONTRACTOR: -P
(sign here)
(print nam e/ti tl e)
Page / of pages of this Re Debarment form
tS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 22 of 136 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I State of California
Tami Adams, Notary Public before me, July 20, 2004 On
personally appeared I - Schneider
Date Name and rille of Ofticer (e g , 'Jane Doe. Nolary Public')
Name(s) of Signer@)
Sl personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name@) is/&.l!
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hekbdtbprexecuted
the same in hishaft&-?& authorized
capacitss, and that by his%WM%
signature(@ on the instrument the personw or
the entitv uDon behalf of which the Dersonm ,I ~, acted, executed the instrument.
Commission $4 324605
Notary Public - California 5
0 P TI0 NA L
Though the information below is not required by law. it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
Ll Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
l_i Partner - 1 Limited 0 General
Ll Attorney-in-Fact n Trustee
11 Guardian or Conservator
U Other:
Signer Is Representing: u
Pro3 No 5907 Reorder Call Toll Free 1-800-876-6827 0 1999 National Nolary Ass0ciafion - 9350 De Sot0 Ave , PO Box 2402 - Chalswolth CA 9131 3-2402 * www natlonalnolary org
BIDDER’S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POlNSEITlA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board
which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent
act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a
latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the
alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar,
Contractors’ State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’
State license Board two or more times within an eight year period?
Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed?
Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their
contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board two
or more times within an eight year period?
1 ‘L no
Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor’s that you propose to
perform any portion of ever been stayed?
Yes
If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of
the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefor.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page / of zpages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
*- r.Is Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 23 of 136 Pages
BIDDER’S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(CONTINUED)
(To Accompany Proposal)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POlNSElTlA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
who’s discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to,
describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
,
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
BY CONTRACTOR: -
By:
a.
(print namehitle)
Page A of & pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
e= a# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 24 of 136 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I State of California
July 20, 2004 Tami Adams, Notary Public On before me,
personally appeared Ronald I- Schneider
Dale Name and Title 01 Officer (e g Jane Doe. Notary Public')
Narnels) 01 Signer(s)
ES personally known to me
C proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name@) is/&g
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hekkdbpexecuted
the same in his&&&# authorized
capacit@@, and that by his3?%#6%
signature(&) on the instrument the personm or
the entity upon behalf of which the person#
acted, executed the instrument TAAAl aDAb!s
Commission t 1324605
~otaty ~utplic - Caiifomis 5
OPTIONAL
Though the information below IS not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons re/ying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
iJ Partner - 17 Limited 0 General
U Attorney-in-Fact
U Trustee
U Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing: LI
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106
BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSElTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
State of California
I , being first duly sworn, deposes
and says that he or she is <?f.esiddJ-
(Title)
(Name of 6rm)
of
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any
undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is
genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain
from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,
communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure
any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed
contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not,
directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof,
or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to
effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
is affidavit was
executed on the
Signature of Bidder
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the day of &, 20 ?(t-
(N
Commission t 1324605 Notary 8 Notary Public - CelimIa 2
San Diego County -
*- rr# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 25 of 136 Pages
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this Jnr\ day of ~~@~~'~~- , 20 c,Y , by and
between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"),
and HMS CONSTRUCTION whose principal place of business is
1225 LINDA VISTA DRIVE, SAN MARCOS CA 92069 (hereinafter
called "Contractor").
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1.
for:
Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSElTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
(hereinafter called "project")
2.
equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents.
Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids,
Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation of Owner
Operator/Lessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience,
Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and
Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and
Supplemental Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with
this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as
indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's
expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to
said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials
suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City
shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction (SSPWC) 1997 Edition, and the 1998, 1999 and 2000 supplements
thereto, hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the
American Public Works Association, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this
contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last
working day of each month.
em %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 26 of 136 Pages
5. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the
jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the
work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be
done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any
information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or
other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the
conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground
conditions and has not relied on information furnished. by City.
independent Investigation.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging
trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall
promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any:
A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste,
as defined in section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class
I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
B.
indicated.
Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those
C. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual
nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in
work of the character provided for in the contract.
Unknown Physical Conditions.
City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ,
or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time
required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures
described in this contract.
In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially
differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any
scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be
performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or
by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements
of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 11 01 -1 525) and has complied
and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for
employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this
Contract.
8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of
Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with
California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates
is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to
California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post
copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site.
e= rr# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 27 of 136 Pages
9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and
indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage,
injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in
connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of
Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety
and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may
be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except
for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The
expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation,
arbitration, or other dispute resolution method.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense
costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by
the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense
costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests
separate counsel.
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance
against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in
Resolution No. 91 -403.
(A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits
indicted herein:
a. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per
occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate
aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents,
officers or employees are additional insured.
b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for
bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the
performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether
scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any
auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits
as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000
per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is
acceptable to the City.
(B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under
this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability
Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions.
r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 28 of 136 Pages
a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as
respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and
completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the
contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to
the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be
evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company
affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage.
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its
officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its
officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
c.
to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers.
Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided
d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured
against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's
liability.
(C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage
or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the City by certified mail,
return receipt requested.
(D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured
retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the
insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the
City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of
losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
(E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its
officials or employees.
(F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or
shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's
Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of
insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a
listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under
the standards specified by the City Council in Resolution No. 91 -403.
(H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and
original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements
for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on
its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City.
(I) in the Contractor's bid.
Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included
p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 29 of 136 Pages
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in
accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5
(commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is
included in the Supplemental Provisions I section. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over
$375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code
subsections 201 04.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California
Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit
for breach of this agreement.
(A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City
must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation
of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be
considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections
12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a
false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of
the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information.
(D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False
Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees.
(E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim
may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may
be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years.
(F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025,
3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference.
(G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by
another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or
subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding.
(H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for
resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Die o
California.
c init I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above.
12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the
City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1,
Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's
principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified
letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of
any change of address of such records.
13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720
of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference.
e= r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 30 of 136 Pages
14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted
for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation
established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and
the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract.
15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and
clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and
included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not
correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically
amended to make such insertion or correction.
16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the
"General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE
ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
('-
CORRAINE M. WOOD, City Ciark
,/( ;ii 1 . ''& 6 /:~iiiili
(print name and title)
President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
City Attorney
By:
e= p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 31 of 136 Pages
State of California
Countyof -
San Diego ] ss.
Tami Adams, Notary Public
Name and lile 01 Oflicer (e g 'Jane Doe Notary Public")
On s 4 Dale joy before me,
Ronald Schneider personally appeared
Namels) of Signer@)
?! personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
7AMl ADAMS
Cnmmission # 1324605
Notary Public - California
San Diqo County
My Comrn Ekym Od 9,3005
to be the person($ whose name@) is%%
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hedskdkq executed
the same in his/whjc authorized
capacity(i&, and that by hi&&&
signature@) on the instrument the person@), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(X)
acted, executed the instrument.
-4"7 /-I
Signature of Notary Public
Y
fl '4
k
OPTlONA L ?5 2.1
$$ Though the information below IS not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons reking on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
5: Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
lndividuai [I Corporate Officer - Title(s): n Partner - Limited U General
0 Attorney-in-Fact n Trustee
U Guardian or Conservator
E! Other:
Signer Is Representing:
~~-~~ .-< -FJ-m-:a+-..y, -".-~-~~~'s;i~;~~,~~,~~~~~ -e,FJ' , y:c<2 -2< -, ~ ., ~ 2 A,'-& <~ "-- .~
0 1955 National Notary Associalion * 9350 De Solo Ave.. PO. Box 2402 Chalswodh, CA 91313-2402 - ww nalianalnotaryorg Prod. No. 5507 Reorder. Call Toll-Free 1~800~876-6827
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
'I State of California
Tami Adams, Notary Public
Name and Title of Officer [e g , 'Jane Doe. Nolary Publi)
On 6 -1 9-O 9 before me,
personally appeared
Dale Michael High
Name($ of Signer(s) a personally known to me
LI proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
TAM mm4s
Commission # 13246O5 ~
Notary Public - Califomis f
San Diego County R
My Cornm Expires (acf 9,2005 3
to be the person(q whose name&) is?%&
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hel&a%& executed
the same in hisK%M% authorized
capacityo, and that by his/MtXt4K
signature@Rn the instrument the persom or
the entity upon behalf of which the person&)
acted, executed the instrument.
Signature of Notary Pubic
0 PTlO NA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
n Individual
U Corporate Officer - Title(s):
U Partner - n Limited 0 General n Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
r-8 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing: -
0 1999 National Notary Association - 9350 De Soto Ave , PO Box 2402 - Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 ww nalionalnatary org Prod. No 5907 Reorder Call Toil-Free 1-800-876-6827
PREMIUM: INCLUDED BOND #: 6276750
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No.
2 004-2 5 8 ,adopted AUGUST 3. 2004 , has awarded to
HMS CONSTRUCTION
(hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to
pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the
performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the
Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, i4MS CO N Si RU C T 1 0 I.4 1 as
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and copipANy as Surety,
are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ONE HUNDRED FORTY-NINE
ollars ($ 149~900.00), THOUSAND N]IJE F!bpJDKrD-- _____________________________ D
said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under
the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or hidher subcontractors
fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the
performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind,
consistent with California Civil Code section 31 81, or for amounts due under the Unemployment
Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts
required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from
the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the
Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the
same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the
court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section
31 81, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the
bond.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
e=
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 32 of 136 Pages
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
not exonerate the Surety from under this bond.
Executed by SURETY this 10" day
day of of AUGUST ,2004.
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
SAFE0 INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
(name of Surety)
(address of Surety)
330 N. BRAND AWNW, 1OTE PLOOR, GLENDU, CA 91203
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showing current power
of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer
signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
e- %@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849~1 Page 33 of 136 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
Countyof San Diego
1 ss.
On , before me, Penny E. Kelley, Notary Public AUGUST 10, 2004
Name and Title of Officer leg , '"Jane Doe, Notary Public") Date
personally appeared Leticia San Martin
Narne(s) of Signer(s)
&ersonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name@) is?€%%
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that EWsheER@Kexecuted
the same in KHher/€fIC% authorized
capacity@%), and that by XXWherEXZE
signature@) on the instrument the person(K), or
the entity upon behalf of which the personw acted, executed the instrument.
Place Notaw Seal Above
O P TI0 NA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevenf fraudulenf removal and reattachment of this form fo another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name
0 Individual
C Corporate Officer - Title(s)
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
1-1 Guardian or Conservator
I1 Other ~ -~ ~ -___ ~~ ~ ~ -
I Top of thumb here j
POWER A E 0 OFATTORNEY
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185
No. 4273
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each
hereby appoint
**I. T. WARNOCK; CHRISTINE A. PATERSON: LAWRENCE F. MCMAHON; LETICIA SAN MARTIN, JAMES B.\LDASSARE, JR.: PENNY E. KELLEY; San Diego**
its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar
character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and
attested these presents
this 30th day of June , 2004
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY MIKE MCGAVICK, PRESIDENT
CERTIFICATE
Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V. Section 13 - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ,.. the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that
purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with
authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its
business ... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority
or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided,
however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking."
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(i) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and
(ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile. and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof."
I, Christine Mead, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify
that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto,
are true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
> 2004 dayof AUGUST -- this 10TEl
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY
S-O974/SAEF 2/01 03 A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation
07/01/2004 PDF
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO SURETY BOND CUSTOMERS REGARDING
THE 112
As a surety bond customer of one of the SAFECO insurance companies (SAFECO Insurance Company of
America. General Insurance Company of America, First National Insurance Compamj, American States Insur-
ance Company or American Economy Insurance Company), it is our duty to notify you that the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Act of 2002 extends to *surety insurance". This means that under certain circumstances we may be
eligble for reimbursement of Certain surety bond losses by the United States government under a formula
established by this Act.
Under this formula, the United States government pays 90% of losses caused by certified acts of terrorism that
exceed a statutorily established deductible to be paid by the insurance company providing the band. The Act also establishes a $100 billion cap for the total of all losses to be paid by all insurers for certified acts of
terrorism. Losses on some or all of your bonds may be subject to this cap.
This notice does not modi@ any of the existing terms and conditions of this bond, the underlying agreement
guaranteed by this bond, any statutes governing the terms of this bond or any generally applicable rules of law.
At this time there is no premium change resulting from this Act.
$6248 M3
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California } ss.
Countyof Sari Diego
Tami Adams, Notary Public
Name and Title of Officer (e g .Jane Doe NotaIy Publc")
On 8 -' 9y ? before me,
personally appeared
Date Michael High
Name(s) of Signer@)
& personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
It TAM ADMS
Commission C 1324605
Notary Public - California San Diego County rj
- I i MyCornrn biresOd9.2005
to be the person(3 whose name&) is%$&
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/&%&$ executed
the same in hisfi&MW authorized
capacityo, and that by his/t#ZtH&ZPc
signaturefin the instrument the persom or
the entity upon behalf of which the person@)
acted, executed the instrument.
.-
AI
0 PTlONA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual r' Corporate Officer - Title(s):
7 Partner - 3 Limited U General
Ll Attorney-in-Fact
Trustee
I7 Guardian or Conservator
U Other:
Signer Is Representing:
<*y..--q ..A
Prod No 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 0 1999 National Notary Association 9350 De Solo Ave , PO Box 2402 Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 * wwwnalionalnotaryorg
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
c cy
} ss.
State of California
County of San Diego -
Tami Adams, Notary Public
Name and Title of Officer [e q 'Jane Doe Notaw Publcc")
On 8- 1 f-ov beforeme,
Dale Ronald Schneider personally appeared
Name@) of Siqnerls) & personally known to me 12 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person($ whose name&) is&&
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowiedged to me that hekM& executed
the same in his/lp&j&R authorized
capacity(i&, and that by his&&tqtktgtr
signature@) on the instrument the person&), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(@
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTlONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document
4 8
p
is
2
0 ' Description of Attached Document
$ Document Date Number of Pages
$
fl ry
Title or Type of Document.
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer 8 Signer's Name:
~4 .J individuai
,A 2 I I Top of thumb here
U Corporate Officer - Title(s): n Partner - C Limited U General
U Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee n Guardian or Conservator
Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 1999 National Notary Associalion 9350 De Solo Ave , PO Box 2402 Chalsworlh, CA 91313-2402 - www nalionalnolary org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder- Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
Premium is for Contract Term and Subiect to
Adjustment Based on Final Contract PhCe BOND #: 6276750
PREMIUM: $1,724.00
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCENVARRANTY BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution
No. 2004-258 , adopted AUGUST 3, 2004 , has awarded to
HMS CONSTRUCTION , (hereinafter
designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POlNSETTiA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and
other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of
which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, HMS CONSTRUCTION , as Principal,
(hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF APERIM
, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad,
One Hundred Forty-nine in the sum of 1- Hun- Dollars ($1 49,900.00 ), said sum being equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to City or its certain
attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly
by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well
and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any
alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in
the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein
stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and
effect.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there
shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees,
incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in
any judgment rendered.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
e= %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 34 of 136 Pages
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
HMS CONSTRUCTION SAFECO I?lSlJRANCE COMPANP OF AMERICA
(name of Surety)
330 N. BRAND AVENUE, 10111 FUWIR, GLENDALE, CA 91203 By:
(address of Surety)
(818) 956-4242
re)" (telephone number of Swety)
u[{lk;s(?! B
(Title and rganization of Sign ory) 4 7
By: LETICIA SAN MARTIN
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current
ower of attorney.)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be at'rached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
City Attorney
By:
Deputy City Attorhey\
4- p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 35 of 136 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
Countyof San Diego
On AUGUST 10, 2001, , before me, Penny E. Kelley, Notary Public
Date Name and Title of Officer (e.g , "Jane Doe, Notary Public")
personally appeared Letitia Sari Martin Name(s) of Signer(s)
Wersonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the persow whose name@) isES5
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that WsheEGQCexecuted the same in X5her/t#i%? authorized
capacit@ixs), and that by XXWherm
signature@) on the instrument the person@, or
the entity upon behalf of which the person&
acted, executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
0 PTlO NA L
Though the information below is not required by law, if may prove va/uab/e to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
Individual
C Corporate Officer - Title(s)
U Partner - U Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
r_i Trustee
'1 Guardian or Conservator
'1 Other ~- -~ - -~ ~~ ~ ~ ~
POWER
I A E 0 OFATTORNEY
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185
No. 4273
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each
hereby appoint
**J. T. WARNOCK; CIlRISTINC A. PATERSON; LAWRENCF F. hICMAMON: LETICIA SAN MARTIN; JAMES BALDASSARE, JR.: PENNY E. KELLEY: San Diego**
its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar
character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and
attested these presents
this 30th day of June , 2004
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY MIKE MCGAVICK, PRESIDENT
CERTl FIC ATE
Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that
purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with
authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its
business ... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority
or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal. or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided,
however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking."
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(i) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and
(ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof."
I, Christine Mead, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify
that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto,
ate true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY
S-O974/SAEF 2/01 @A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporatlon
07/01/2004 PDF
EXHIBIT 8
IMPORTANT NOllCE TO SURETY BOND CUSTOMERS REGARDING
ME TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002
As a surety bond customer of one of the SAFECO insurance companies (SAFECO Insurance Company of
America, General Insurance Company of America, First National Insurance Company, American States Insur- ance Company or American Economy Insurance Company), it is our duty to notify you ttiat the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Act of 2002 extends to *surety insurance". This means that under certain circumstances we may be
eligible for reimbursement of Certain surety bond losses by the United States government under a formula
established by this Act.
Under this formula, tfie United Stakes government pays 90% of losses caused by certified acts of terrorism that
exceed a statutorily established deductib[e to be paid by the Insurance company providing the bond. The Act also establishes a $100 billion cap for the total of all losses to be paid by all insurers for certified acts of
terrorism. Losses on some or all of your bonds may be subject to this cap.
This notice does not modify any of the existing terms and conditions of this bond, the underlying agreement
guaranteed by this bond, any statutes governing the terms of this bond or any generally applicable rules of law.
At this time there is no premium change resulting from this Act.
$6248 u)3
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
1 State of California
Tami Adams, Notary Public
Name and Tnle of Officer (e g , Jane Doe Notary Public")
On b-/ YH6f Dale
personally appeared
before me,
Michael High
it Tklwl AiXMS
Comrnissian # 1324685 Notary Public - Caltfarnia
San Diqo County 4 Z i Camm Expires Dd 9,2005
Name($ of Signer@)
8 personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(3 whose name&) im
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that held%%& executed
the same in hisH&W% authorized
capacity(X&o, and that by his/W@WK
signatur$q<on the instrument the persom or
the entity upon behalf of which the person&)
acted, executed the instrument.
...
Signaluri of Notary Public
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
LII Individual
i? Corporate Officer - Title(s):
T_i Partner - 0 Limited C General
0 Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
I? Guardian or Conservator n Other:
Signer Is Representing: !
_..~ :sl;Y,&li;u=c e ~,~-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,~~;~~~~~~~,~-~-~~~ ,- ,-
0 1999 National Nolary Association - 9350 De Solo he.. PO. Box 2402 * Chalswoith CA 91313-2402 - www nationalnotary org Proj No 5907 Reorder Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I State of California
San Diego County of
Tami Adams, Notary Public
Name and Tille of Onicer (e g , ‘Jane Doe Notary Puble-)
On gw/4 /O% before me,
personally appeared
Date Ronald Schneider
Namels) 01 Signer@) 6 personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person($ whose name@) is&&
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that hedskUky executed
the same in his/wj&jc authorized
capacity(&RQh, and that by hisj&t&qr
signature@) on the instrument the personb), or
the entity upon
acted, executed the instrument.
behalf of which the person(@
0 PTlO NA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer’s Name:
17 individuai
C Corporate Officer - Title(s):
C Partner - Limited G General
il! Attorney-in-Fact
i? Trustee
U Guardian or Conservator
ci Other:
Signer Is Representing:
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR
SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose
address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and
whose address is
hereinafter called
"Contractor" and whose address is
hereinafter
called "Escrow Agent."
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California,
the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention
earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into
between the City and Contractor for the Traffic Signal at Poinsettia Lane and Paseo Escuela,
Contract No. 3849-1, in the amount of
(hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City
shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor
deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City
within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and
omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in
an amount not less than $1 00,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the
substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under
the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of
the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner.
dated
2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would
be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow
Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow
Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under
this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities.
All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be
equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow
Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and
payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all
interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to
withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account
only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow
Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.
a
4- t# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 36 of 136 Pages
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor.
Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent
shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete
and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the
Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less
escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon
disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
0
9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant
to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow
Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice
on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of
their respective signatures are as follows:
For City:
For Contractor:
Title FINANCE DIRECTOR
Name
Si gnat u re
Address
Title
Name
Signatu re
Address
For Escrow Agent: Title
Name
Signatu re
Address
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent
a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
e= p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 37 of 136 Pages
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the
date first set forth above.
For City:
For Contractor:
For Escrow Agent:
\# Revised 10/08/03
Title MAYOR
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
Contract No. 3849-1 Page 38 of 136 Pages
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
POINSETTIA LANE AND PASEO ESCUELA
CONTRACT NO. 3849-1
CITY OF CARLSBAD
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO
“G R E EN BOOK”
2003 EDITION
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS
Add the following section:
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words “shown”, “indicated”, “detailed”, “noted”, “scheduled”,
or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans
accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.2 Directions. Where words “directed”, “designated”, “selected”, or words of similar import are
used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended,
unless stated otherwise. The word “required” and words of similar import shall be understood to
mean “as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer,”
unless stated otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words “equal”, “approved equal”, “equivalent”, and such
words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression “in
the opinion of the Engineer”, unless otherwise stated. Where the words “approved”, “approval”,
“acceptance”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval,
acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended.
Add the following section:
1-1.4 Perform. The word “perform” shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its
expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the
furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the
Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use,
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 0
e-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 39 of 136 Pages
1-2 DEFINITIONS. Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively
defined by the definitions assigned to them herein.
Agency -the City of Carlsbad, California.
City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative.
Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager to hear and advise the City Manager on
claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager is the last appeal level for informal dispute
resolution.
Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative. The
Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original
Contract Price bid.
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired,
directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further,
such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and
Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in
Section 2-3.1 ”own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases
and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an
operator is not part of the Contractor‘s Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of
compliance with section 2-3.1 of the Standard Specifications and these Supplemental Provisions.
Owner Operator/Lessor - Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided
who is employed by neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent or employee
of the Agency or a public utility.
Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager’s
immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Project Inspector - the Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, contract administration
and first level for informal dispute resolution.
Construction Manager- the Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for
informal dispute resolution.
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.2 Common Usage, add the following:
Abbreviation Word or Words
Apts ........................................ Apartment and Apartments
Bldg ........................................ Building and Buildings
CMW D .................................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District
CSSD ..................................... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings
cfs ........................................... Cubic Feet per Second
Comm ..................................... Commercial
DR .......................................... Dimension Ratio
E ............................................. Electric
e= t4 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 40 of 136 Pages
EWA ..................................... ..Encina Wastewater Authority
G ............................................. Gas
gal ........................................... Gallon and Gallons
Gar ......................................... Garage and Garages
GNV ........................................ Ground Not Visible
gpm ........................................g allons per minute
IE ............................................ Invert Elevation
LW D ....................................... Leucadia Wastewater District
MTBM ..................................... Microtunneling Boring Machine
NCTD ..................................... North County Transit District
OHE ........................................ Overhead Electric
OMW D ................................... Olivenhain Municipal Water District
ROW ...................................... Right-of-way
S ............................................. Sewer or Slope, as applicable
SDNR ..................................... San Diego Northern Railway
SDRSD ................................... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings
SFM ........................................ Sewer Force Main
T ............................................ .Telephone
UE .......................................... Underground Electric
W ............................................ Water, Wider or Width, as applicable
VW D ....................................... Vallecitos Water District
MSL ........................................ Mean Sea Level (see Regional Standard Drawing M-12)
SECTION 2 -- SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 0 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring
the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may
at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value
of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor’s
own organization. The City Council shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these
provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public
hearing before the City Council and shall be notified ten (1 0) days in advance of the time and location
of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final.
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS, modify the second sentence of paragraph one as follows: Delete, “who is
listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570,”.
Modify paragraphs three and four to read: The Contractor shall provide a faithful perform-
ance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful
performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount
payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of
laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount
payable by the terms of this contract.
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until
they are released according to the provisions of this section.
4- ES Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 41 of 136 Paaes
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days
after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year
warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The
bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30
days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized
to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an
amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following
documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the
insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the
execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in
Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may
be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2-5.1 General, add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2003 Edition hereinafter designated
"SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California
Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General
Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract.
The construction plans consist of one (1) set designated as City of Carlsbad Drawinq No. 417-9 and
consists of three (3) sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the
San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San
Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of
Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City
of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Plans hereinafter designated as
CMWDSD, as issued by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Copies of some of the pertinent
standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these Supplemental Provisions.
0
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, add the following: Where CALTRANS specifications
are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the
CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction
materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public
Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of
precedence in section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all
other matters.
2-5.3.3 Submittals, add the following: Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered.
Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending
alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth
submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively
numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal
on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following:
1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets.
em r;s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 42 of 136 Pages
3) Contractor's certification statement.
4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for
the same materials.)
6) Description of the contents of the submittal.
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification
that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in
conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to
and shall place the following certification on all submittals:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to
be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in
the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval."
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
Add the following:
2-5.4 Record Drawings, The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built"
record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the
original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose
may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be
used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (1 0) days of completion of
the work. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various
bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore.
2-9 SURVEYING
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers, Delete sections 2-9.1 and replace with the following: The
Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the
consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting
an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or
a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California,
hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor
shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at
the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by $5
8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover
to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument
frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
4-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 43 of 136 Pages
2-9.2 Survey Service, Delete sections 2-9.2 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall hire
and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for
establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to
construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and
other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor
shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify
the surveying work.
Add the following section:
2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections
2-9.1 through 2-9.3.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no
additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full
compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the
replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records,
including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments
and no additional payment will be made.
2-1 0 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER.
Add the following section:
2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of
all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer
may request.
Add the following section:
2-1 0.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer,
within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to
contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the
right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its subcontractors performance pursuant to
this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to,
audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor’s staff
and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as
often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make
available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records
with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine,
copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all
invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by
this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not
unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all
subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required
by applicable laws and regulations.
SECTION 3 -- CHANGES IN WORK
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices, add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity of
a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of contract unit
price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original
quantity listed in the Contractor’s bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent
may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work.
4ii rrs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 44 of 136 Pages
3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-3.2.2 (c) Tool and Equipment Rental, second paragraph, modify as follows: Regardless of
ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs
shall be the edition of the, “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” published by CALTRANS,
current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein
shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the
Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of
this contract.
3-3.2.3 Markup, Delete sections 3-3.2.3 (a) and (b) and replace with the following:
(a) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Labor ................................... 20
2) Materials ............................. 15
3) Equipment Rental ................... 15
4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as
compensation for bonding.
Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs
(b) When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a
Subcontractor, the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s
actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of
the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted
portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor, add the following after the second sentence: Payment for extra
work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all
supporting documents to the Engineer.
Work by Subcontractor.
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS.
Delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph five (5), and add the following: The
Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure
to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of
any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the
Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section
shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time
Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation
as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be
submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the
Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor’s failure to give
written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before
they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the
particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor
believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20
working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions.
Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act,
Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655.
e= t# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 45 of 136 Paaes
“The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California
False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-1 2655. The undersigned further understands
and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the
City’s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.”
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor
shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the
affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim
subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the
contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such
matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
3-5 DISPUTED WORK.
Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to
commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in
connection therewith.
Delete second sentence of paragraph one and add the following: Prior to proceeding with dispute
resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall
attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command:
1. Project Inspector
2. Construction Manager
3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection
4. City Engineer
5. City Manager
The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the
disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all
documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or
appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review
the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the
Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the
City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or
Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City
Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code.
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution
to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions
in the contract.
4- r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 46 of 136 Pages
All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section
201 04) which is set forth below: a
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand
dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a
public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1
(commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(b)(l ) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 31 00 and 31 06 of the Civil Code, except
that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the
Regents of the University of California.
(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract
for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not
otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications
for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article.
(d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
201 04.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim.
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final pavment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to
extend the time limit or supersede notice requiremenis otherwise provided by contract for the filing of 0 claims. - (b)(l) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30
days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to
defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the
claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater
than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.
(c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of
the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the
local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to
the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no
greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested
documentation, whichever is greater.
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond
within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15
days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to
respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and
confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a
meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
4- %$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 47 of 136 Pages
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed
shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a)
until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of
time utilized by the meet and confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division
3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject
to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court
shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties.
The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested
third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be
concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is
extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to
select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to
Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
notwithstanding Section 11 41.1 1 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing
with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any
proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed
for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the
parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to
exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except
in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no
event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 11 41.1 0) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not
obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter,
pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or
arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed
except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any
arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court
of law.
em %$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 48 of 136 Pages
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.
4-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access
to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe
access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety
of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial
Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and
such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information
as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work
and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials
incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract.
4-1.4 Test of Materials, delete the phrase, “and a reasonable amount of retesting”, from the third
sentence of the first paragraph.
add the following: Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the
cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such
tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the
Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the
Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at
any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is
found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the
product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved
material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage,
handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be
removed from the project site all at the Contractor’s expense.
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any
place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.6 Trade names or Equals add the following: The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory
performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is
determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated
items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the
substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
Add the following section:
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE.
The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the
quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate,
remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be
delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2, and shall be
accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor
as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a
description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to
or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the
e= p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 49 of 136 Pages
Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease
agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored
and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time
allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to
the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the
materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of
work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials
and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
SECTION 5 -- UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION.
Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Agency and affected utility companies
have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities
which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy andlor completeness of the nature,
size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
5-4 RELOCATION.
Add the following: In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with
utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits
of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb
and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are
shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by
others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate
utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be
permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is
approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers
sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company.
Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensation
will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary
omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the
relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
Delete section 6-1 and substitute the following: Except as otherwise provided herein and unless
otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall
begin work within ten (1 0) calendar days after receipt of the “Notice to Proceed”.
Add the following section:
6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will
set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s
management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the
project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the
Contractor’s responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for
default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s
attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of
the preconstruction meeting.
Contract No. 3849-1 Page 50 of 136 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the
tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture
patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.4 Measurement And Payment Of Construction Schedule. The Contractor’s preparation,
revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate
payment will be made therefore.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK.
Add the following section:
6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and
materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the
Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes construction of the traffic
signal at the intersection of Poinsettia Lane and Paseo Escuela.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to
the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any
workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by
the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor
shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the
duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the
classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment
placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of
the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable
means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor
agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work
to completion within ninety (90) working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to
Proceed.
6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the
hours of work shall be between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays,
excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the
Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This
written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve
work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hidher sole opinion, such work conducted
by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the
inspection costs of such work.
Work hours shall be restricted to between 8:45 a.m. and 2:30 p.m. on weekdays in which Carillo
Elementan, School is in session. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of
work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by section 6.1. No additional
payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a
consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work
prohibited in this section.
e= %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 51 of 136 Pages
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Delete the second paragraph and add the following:
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is
completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the
Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work,
meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or
permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the
Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will
so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the
completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of
Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation
shall be the date of completion of the Work.
Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph and substitute the following two sentences: All work
shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty
work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of the second paragraph and
add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion
of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld
monies due it, the sum of five hundred Dollars ($500.00).
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that five hundred
Dollars ($500.00) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the
Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the
specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
SECTION 7 -- RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE.
Modify as follows: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating
Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California
and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California.
7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE.
Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to
conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department
of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
7-5 PERMITS.
Delete the first sentence and add the following four sentences: Except as specified herein the
Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way,
grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets,
or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are
obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed
from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid
item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
4% rrs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 52 of 136 Pages
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK.
Add the following section:
7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies
during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension
if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control required herein
shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the
health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust
control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of
cleanup and dust control that, in hislher sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety
and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of
work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore.
7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall obtain a
construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup,
testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the
appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light,
power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or
fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. Add the following: Contractor shall comply with the California State
Water Resources Control Board (SW RCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements
(W DR’s) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit)
and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution
Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations.
Add the following section:
7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped
with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control
Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
7-10.1 Traffic and Access. add the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to
prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not
schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by
calling the City’s contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-941 7.
During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to
provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved parking
within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses.
4ii r,s Revised 10/08/03
~
Contract No. 3849-1 Page 53 of 136 Pages
Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular
traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the
impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected
street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the
residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified.
The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its
anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain
additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the
other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the
project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine
shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the
work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the
construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for
approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer.
For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a
doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be
brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to
65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such
notice is provided in Appendix “A’.
In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the
work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a
duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the
contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of
the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed
and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work.
The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the
contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional
compensation for printing and distributing these notices.
7-1 0.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Add the following: Traffic controls shall be in
accordance with the plans, Chapter 5 of the CALTRANS “Traffic Manual”, 1996 edition and these
Supplemental Provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or
ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the
Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said
component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor
fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices
as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at hidher sole option, install the traffic signs, markings,
delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or
device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater.
Add the following section:
7-1 0.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control
devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the
approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of section
206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of section
21 4-5.1 .et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of section 214-
5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform
to the provisions of section 21 0-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water
borne conforming to section 21 0-1.6for materials and section 31 0-5 et seq. For workmanship.
Pane 54 of 136 Paoes
Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction
and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the contractor. Warning and advisory
signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required.
Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs.
Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and
from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during
such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in
performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to
install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of
power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be
portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of
the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1,
Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the
Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic
cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed
or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS “Standard Specifications”, except
the sleeves shall be 180 mm (7”) long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor’s employees shall not be
parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic. Whenever the
Contractor’s vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 1.8 m (6’) of a traffic lane, the
shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper
in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than
7.6 m (25’) intervals to a point not less than 7.6 m (25’) past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A
minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work
Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or
telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the
0
Engineer.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor’s personnel shall not work closer than 1.8 m (67, nor
operate equipment within 0.6 m (2’) from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the than
0.6 m (2’) shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated
and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has
given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and
location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these
contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing
traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to
detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or
provide barriers.
During the entire construction, a minimum of one (1) paved traffic lane, not less than 3.6m (12’) wide,
shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing
traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, CALTRANS
“Traffic Manual”, 1996 edition and provisions under “Maintaining Traffic” elsewhere in these
Supplemental Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its
responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to
maintain public safety. e
tS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 55 of 136 PaQes
When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control
system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the
traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the
Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the
Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe
operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under “Traffic Control System
for Lane Closure” of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan
proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic
striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the
Engineer and has received the Engineer‘s written approval of said plan.
Add the following section:
7-1 0.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished,
placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in Chapter 5
of the “Traffic Manual”, 1996 edition published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes
obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place
prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall
be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any
required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be
performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks
used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding.
Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material.
Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other
temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until
superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation.
Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the
temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new
traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary
pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment
of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed.
Add the following section:
7-1 0.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan
Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the
project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor
shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all
construction activities that are located within the travelled way. The Contractor shall have TCP
prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this
project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the
Engineer’s review in conformance with the requirements of section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the
Engineer’s approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period
specified in section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP,
new, modified or added to, for the Engineer’s review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include
all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in
sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of
features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the
subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the travelled surface differs from the
finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supplements
Contract No. 3849-1 Page 56 of 136 Paaes
and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and Chapter 5 of the ‘Traffic
Manual”, 1996 Edition as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or
new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered
in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any
such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such
modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer’s sole opinion,
such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered
professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency.
Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work
shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the
Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP
shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review
requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the
requirements of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals.
0
Add the following section:
7-1 0.3.7 Payment
The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and
materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work
with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore.
Add the following section:
7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of
Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons
on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect
and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all
necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning
against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and
falling materials.
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work
include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible
materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which
would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions
established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of
the contract.
SECTION 9 -- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK
9-1.4 Units of Measurement, modify as follows: The system of measure for this contract shall be the
U.S. Standard Measures.
9-3 PAYMENT.
9-3.1 General. Delete the eighth paragraph and substitute the following: Guarantee periods shall
not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the “Notice of
Co m p I et i o n ” 0
em %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 57 of 136 Pages
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the
closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on
contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the
Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30)
calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer
shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the
Contractor’s information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the
Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental
payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental
payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon
as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper
payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper,
then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven
(7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in
writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with
Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after
receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor.
If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after
receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate
set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure:
Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment
Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the
total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the
contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of
the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final
Payment Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make
written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The
Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the
time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all
contract bid items and change order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate
adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the
Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to
ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the
Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time
such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or
contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient
cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
Cnntrnct Nn 3RA9-1 Paae 58 of 136 Paaes
9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in the
written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a
written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate.
Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 shall be
submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which
written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4
Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written
Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with
notice or protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the
basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims
and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further
information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions
involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for
denying the claims.
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under
subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
Add the following section:
9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials.
into the will not be included in the progress estimate.
The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated
Add the following section:
9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work.
be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made.
Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will
4-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 59 of 136 Paaes
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS
CONSTRUCTION
PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
-.
All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-way
Trench Backfill Slurry
SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
Class Slump mm (Inches)
330-C-23
(560-C-3250) (’)
(2)
1 15-E-3 200 (8”)
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
TABLE 201 -1.1.2(A) Modify as follows:
TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) (3)
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Type of Construction I Concrete I Maximum
Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments
Traffic Signal Foundations
Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection
.. (1 90-E-400)
(560-C-3250)
(590-C-3750)
(520-C-25OOP)
330-C-23 100 (4”)
350-C-27 100 (4”)
31 0-C-17 per Table 300-1 1.3.1
201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The
air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2
percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test
Method No. 504.
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
203-6.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-AR 4000 for surface
course, and B-AR 4000 for base course.
203-6.6.2, Batch Plant Method, modify as follows:
from the Engineer’s field laboratory”. Last paragraph, add after D 21 72: “method A or B.”
Third paragraph, last sentence, delete “and
203-6.7 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Open graded asphalt concrete stored in
excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in
the work.
add the following:
4% k# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 60 of 136 Paaes
SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
Add the following section:
206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
e
Add the following section:
206-7.1 Permanent Traffic Signs Permanent traffic signs shall consist of 1 O-gage and 12-gage
cold-rolled steel perforated tubing. This includes all signs used for the direction, warning, and
regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic upon the completion of the Work unless
otherwise shown on the plans.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all signs used for the
direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall conform to
the requirements of “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993,
Sheets 1 through 5 that accompany “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS,
October 1993” of dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and “OPAQUE COLOR CHART”, dated
February 1980, all published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of
Procurement Services, Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA
9581 9 and as modified herein. Where the “SPECIFICATION FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS,
October 1993” require the Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to
certify compliance to said SPECIFICATIONS, to provide a quality control program or to allow testing,
approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California,
Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the
Engineer.
Add the followina section:
206-7.1.2 Sigi Identification. Modify the “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING
SIGNS, October 1993” as follows: Sign identification shall be as per “SPECIFICATIONS FOR
REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993”, except that the notation shall be “PROPERTY OF
THE CITY OF CARLSBAD”.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.3 Drawings. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” as
follows: Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved “Approved Sign Specification
Sheets” of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the
date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to
Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993” as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with
Type Ill encapsulated lens sheeting conforming io the requirements of this specification.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.5 Substrate. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1 993” as
follows: All permanent traffic signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle
(including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall use aluminum substrate.
e= tS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 61 of 136 Pages
Add the following section:
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-
rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or,
when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or
12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the
parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided
with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or
12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts.
perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45.
Posts shall be constructed of 1 O-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
Add the following section:
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the
direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the
Contractor’s performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable
signs.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all temporary traffic signs
used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic
shall conform to the requirements of “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1 993”,
Sheets 1 through 5 that accompany “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” of
dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and ”OPAQUE COLOR CHART”, dated February 1980,
all published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement
Services, Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95819 and as
modified herein. Where The “Specification For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993 require the
Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said
“Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993”, to provide a quality control program or
to allow testing, approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of
California, Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested
in the Engineer.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.2 Drawings. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1 993” as
follows: Standard temporary traffic signs shall be as per the most recently approved “Approved
Sign Specification Sheets” of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of
approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date
of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993” as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with
Type Ill encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.4 Substrate. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993 as
follows: Excepting only construction warning signs used at a single location during daylight hours
for not more than five (5) consecutive days, all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of
vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall be stationary mounted and shall use aluminum
substrate.
4- kg Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 62 of 136 Pages
Add the following section:
206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic
signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same
manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation “Standard Plans” 1995
edition standard plans numbers RS1 , RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as
follows:
0
a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required.
c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least
2.1 m (7’).
d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and
installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2
(5 ft2)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when ap-
proved by the Engineer.
e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements
specified for aluminum signs in the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993”.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post
size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs
are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of
posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of
reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of
a base, standard or frameworkand a sign panel. The units shall be-capable of being delivered to the
site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the
requirements of sign panels for stationary mounted signs in the “Specifications For Reflective
Sheeting Signs, October 1993, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other
approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and
legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in
section 206-7.2 of these Supplemental Provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above
the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12”). All parts of the sign standard or framework
shall be finished with 2 applications of an orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel
background. Testing of paint will not be required.
Add the following section:
206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN
Add the following section:
206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a
controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS
unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign which
can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit
shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20QC (-4°F) to +70% (158”)
and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions.
a# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 63 of 136 Pages
The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be
with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m
(14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as
directed by the Engineer
Add the following section:
206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of
460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day,
by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not
less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the
Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method
which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered
by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete
alphanumeric selection.
Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that
automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting
conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp
intensities.
Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night.
The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at
least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the
operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to
allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-programmed
stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent
unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the
keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The
controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the
information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator
adjustable within the control cabinet.
Add the following section:
206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and
maintained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer.
The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the City
(at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the
provisions of these specifications, including current registration.
Add the following section:
206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. The contract price shall include full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in
furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location,
and delivery of the signs to the City at the completion of the construction, in good working order, and
as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made.
4- r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 64 of 136 Paaes
SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 0 209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 209, “Signals, Lighting and Traffic
Electrical Systems”, herein, shall replace Section 209, “Electrical Components”, of the SSPWC in all
matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and materials and
methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. For electrical
components provided and installed in systems not including street lighting and traffic signals section
209 SSPWC is unmodified except as specified in sections other than section 209, “Signals, Lighting
and Electrical Systems”, herein. For section 209, “Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems”, for all
elements of street lighting and traffic signals both construction materials and construction methods
have been combined into a single section.
SECTION 209 - SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
209-1 GENERAL
209-1 -01 Description. Signals, lighting and electrical systems work shall consist of furnishing and
installing, modifying or removing one or more traffic signals, traffic signal master controller
assemblies and interconnection facilities, flashing beacon systems, lighting systems, sign illumination
systems, traffic monitoring stations, communication systems, electrical equipment in structures,
falsework lighting, provisions for future systems, or combinations thereof, all as shown on the plans,
and as specified in these special provisions.
The locations of signals, beacons, standards, lighting fixtures, signs, controls, services and
appurtenances shown on the plans are approximate and the exact locations will be established by
the Engineer in the field. All systems shall be complete and in operating condition at the time of
acceptance of the contract.
209-1.01 5 Definitions. The following definitions pertain only to Section 209, “Signals, Lighting and
Electrical Systems.”
Actuation.- The operation of any type of detector.
Burn-In Procedure. - The procedure by which each LED signal module is energized for a minimum of 24
hours at operating voltage at a 100% duty cycle, and in an ambient temperature of 60% (140”).
Candlepower Values. - Luminous intensity expressed in candelas (cd).
Channel.- A discrete information path.
Chromaticity (Color). - The color of the light emitted by a signal module, specified as x-y chromaticity
coordinates on the chromaticity diagram according to the 1931 Commission lnternationale d’Eclairage standard
observer and coordinate system. The measured chromaticity coordinates shall fall within the limits specified in
VTCSH Section 8.04 “Limits of Chromaticity Coordinates.”
Controller Assembly.- The complete assembly for controlling the operation of a traffic signal or other system, consisting of a controller unit, and all auxiliary equipment housed in a rainproof cabinet.
Controller Unit.- That part of the controller assembly which performs the basic timing and logic functions.
Detector.- A device for indicating the passage or presence of vehicles or pedestrians.
Duty Cycle. - The amount of illuminated on-time a signal module is energized, expressed as a percent of signal cycle time period.
Electro1ier.- The complete assembly of lighting standard, luminaire, ballast and lamp.
Flasher.- A device used to open and close signal circuits at a repetitive rate.
Flashing Beacon Control Assembly.- A complete electrical mechanism for operating a warning beacon or
intersection control beacon.
Inductive Loop Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the change of inductance
caused by a vehicle passing over or standing over the loop.
Integrating Photometer. - An instrument used in measuring the intensity of light that enables total luminous
flux to be determined by a single measurement.
e- $9 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 65 of 136 Pages
LED Light Source. - An individual light emitting diode.
LED Signal Module. - A sealed circular ball or arrow that includes the lens and utilizes LED devices as the light source. An LED signal module may directly replace an existing traffic signal lamp and lens combination.
Lighting Standard.- The pole and mast arm which support the luminaire. Luminaire.- The assembly which houses the light source and controls the light emitted from the light source. Magnetic Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the induced voltage caused by the
passage of a vehicle through the earth’s magnetic field.
Magnetometer Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the magnetic disturbance caused
by the passage or presence of a vehicle. Major Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the major volume of
vehicular traffic. Minimum Intensity. - In accordance with the values in Table 1 of the existing “Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads”, hereinafter VTCSH standard, the minimum intensity values below which no LED signal modules will be released from the supplier.
Minor Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the minor volume of vehicular traffic.
Pedestrian Detector.- A detector, usually of the push button type, capable of being operated by hand.
Plans. - For this Section (Section 209) plans shall include all documents listed in Section 2.5, “Plans and Specifications”, et seq. as well as the “STANDARD PLANS”, 1999 edition as promulgated by the State of California, Department of Transportation.
Power Consumption. - The rms electrical power (watts) consumed by an LED signal module when operated
at rated voltage. Pre-timed Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance with a pre-determined cycle length.
Rated Initial Intensity. -The light intensity of a new LED signal module, operated at rated voltage, measured after the burn-in procedure with an integrating photometer.
Rated Voltage. - The ac rms voltage at which light output performance and power consumption are specified
(1 17 VAC at 60 Hz).
Signal Face.- That part of a signal head provided for controlling traffic in a single direction and consisting of
one or more signal sections.
Signal Head.- An assembly containing one or more signal faces.
Signal Indication.-The illumination of a signal section or other device, or of a combination of sections or other devices at the same time. Signal Section.- A complete unit for providing a signal indication consisting of a housing, lens, reflector, lamp receptacle and lamp.
Sun Phantom. - The effect of an outside light source entering the signal assembly and being returned in such a manner as to present the appearance of the signal assembly being illuminated. Traffic-Actuated Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance with the varying demands of traffic as registered with the controller unit by detectors. Traffic Phase.-The right of way, change and clearance intervals assigned to a traffic movement or combination of movements. Vehicle.- Any motor vehicle normally licensed for highway use.
VTCSH Standard. - The definitions and practices described in “Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads” published in the “Equipment and Materials Standards” of the Institute of Transportation Engineers.
209-1.02 Regulations and Code. All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc. (UL), the
Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL), the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc. (NETA), or the
Electronic Industries Association (EIA), wherever applicable. In addition to the requirements of the
plans, these special provisions, all materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of
the National Electrical Code 1996 edition, hereinafter referred to as the Code; California Code of
Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 4, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders; Rules for Overhead Electrical
Line Construction, General Order No. 95 of the Public Utilities Commission; Standards of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); American National Standards Institute (ANSI);
and any local ordinances which may apply. Wherever reference is made to any of the standards
mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, order, or standard that is in
effect on the day the Notice to Contractors for the work is dated.
Cnnirart Nn 1849-1 Pane 66 nf 136 Panes
209-1 -03 Equipment List and Drawings. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall, within 15 days following award of the contract, submit to the Engineer for
review a list of equipment and materials which the Contractor proposes to install as specified in
Section 2-5.3, “Shop Drawings and Submittals.” The list shall be complete as to name of
manufacturer, size and identifying number of each item. The list shall be supplemented by such
other data as may be required, including schematic wiring diagrams and scale drawings of cabinets
showing location and spacing of shelves, terminal blocks and equipment, including dimensioning.
All of the above data shall be submitted, install as specified in Section 2-5.3, “Shop Drawings and
Submittals”, for review. Where electrical equipment is constructed as detailed on the plans,
the submission of detailed drawings and diagrams will not be required.
The Contractor shall furnish 5 sets of controller cabinet schematic wiring diagrams made by (1) wet
blueprint, white background process using iron-sensitized paper, (2) the offset lithograph process, or
(3) the electrostatic process. The diagrams shall show the location of the installation and shall list all
equipment installed in each controller cabinet. In addition, for each signal installation, the Contractor
shall furnish an intersection sketch showing poles, detectors, field wire connection terminals and
phasing as shown on the plans. All schematic wiring diagrams of the controller units and auxiliary
equipment, all cabinet diagrams, and all operation manuals shall be submitted at the time the
controller assemblies are delivered for testing. The schematic wiring diagram shall show in detail all
circuits and parts. All parts shown thereon shall be identified by name or number and in such
manner as to be readily interpreted. All diagrams, plans and drawings shall be prepared using
graphic symbols shown in ANSI publication Y32.2, entitled “IEEE Standard and American National
Standard Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams.”
209-1.04 Warranties, Guaranties and Instruction Sheets. Manufacturers’ warranties and
guaranties furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied
with materials shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project.
209-1.05 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems. Existing electrical systems
(traffic signal, street lighting, flashing beacon, traffic monitoring, sign illumination and other facilities),
or approved temporary replacements thereof, shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the
traveling public during the progress of the work, except when shutdown is permitted, to allow for
alterations or final removal of the systems. The traffic signal shutdowns shall be limited to normal
working hours. Lighting system shutdowns shall not interfere with the regular lighting schedule,
unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to
performing any work on existing systems. The Contractor shall notify the local traffic enforcement
agency prior to any operational shutdown of a traffic signal.
The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location and depth of existing detectors, conduits, pull boxes
and other electrical facilities before using any tools or equipment that may damage those facilities or
interfere with any electrical system. Where damage is caused by the Contractor’s operations, the
Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly in
accordance with these specifications. If any existing loop conductor, including the portion leading to
the detector hand hole or termination pull box, is damaged by the Contractor’s operations,
the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. The affected detectors shall be replaced at the
Contractor’s expense and as directed by the Engineer within 24 hours. If the Contractor fails to
complete the repairs within this period, the repairs will be made by Agency forces at the Contractor’s
expense. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of
performing the repairs or replacements will be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the
Contractor. a
4-w ts Revised 10108/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 67 of 136 Paaes
Where roadways are to remain open to traffic and existing lighting systems are to be modified,
the lighting systems shall remain in operation and the final connection to the modified circuit shall be
made so that the modified circuit will be in operation by nightfall of the same day. Temporary
electrical installations shall be kept in effective operation until the temporary installations are no
longer required for the traveling public. Removal of temporary installations shall conform to the
provisions in Section 209-7, “Removing, Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment.”
These provisions will not relieve the Contractor in any manner of the Contractor’s responsibilities as
provided in Sections 4-1 .l, ”General” and 4-1.2, “Protection of Work and Materials.”
During traffic signal system shutdown the Contractor shall place “STOP AHEAD” and “STOP” signs
to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic through the intersection. All signal faces shall be covered
when the system is shut down overnight. Temporary “STOP AHEAD” and “STOP” signs shall be
either covered or removed when the system is turned on. “STOP AHEAD” and “STOP” signs shall
be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-10.3,
“Street Closures, Detours, Barricades.” Minimum size of “STOP” signs shall be 750 mm (30”).
One “STOP AHEAD” sign and one “STOP” sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two,
or more, lane approaches, two “STOP” signs shall be placed for each direction of traffic. Location of
the signs shall be as directed by the Engineer.
209-1.06 Scheduling of Work. No above ground work, except service equipment, shall be
performed until the Contractor has all materials on hand to complete that particular signal location or
lighting circuit. Work shall be so scheduled that each traffic signal, lighting and sign illumination
system shall be completed and ready for operation prior to opening the corresponding section of the
roadway to traffic.
Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the written approval of
the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer no less than three
days prior to placing any traffic signal in operation. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for
use by public traffic without the energizing of street lighting at the intersection to be controlled if street
lighting exists or is being installed in conjunction with the traffic signals. Traffic signals shall not be
placed in operation until the roadways to be controlled are open to public traffic, unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. Lighting and traffic signals shall not be placed in operation, including
flashing operation, prior to commencement of the functional test period specified in Section 209-2.1 4,
“Testing,” unless ordered otherwise by the Engineer.
Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until pull boxes are set to grade, crushed rock sumps
installed, and metallic conduit bonded.
The initial turn-on shall be made only between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 2:OO p.m. and Tuesday
through Thursday unless otherwise approved, in writing, by the Engineer. Prior to turn-on, all
equipment as shown on the plans shall be installed and operable including pedestrian signals,
pedestrian push buttons, vehicle detectors, lighting, signs and pavement delineation. All louvers,
visors, and signal faces shall be directed to provide maximum visibility. Functional tests shall start on
any working day except Friday, or the day preceding a legal holiday.
209-1.07 Safety Precautions. Attention is directed to Section 7-1 0.4.1 , “Safety Orders.” Before
starting work on existing series street lighting circuits, the Contractor shall obtain daily a safety circuit
clearance from the serving utility, By-pass switch plugs shall be pulled and “Men at Work” signs
posted at switch boxes before any work is done.
4- aS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 68 of 136 Pages
209-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
209-2.01 Excavating and Backfilling. The excavations required for the installation of conduit,
foundations, and other appurtenances shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid any
unnecessary damage to streets, sidewalks, landscaping, and other improvements. The trenches
shall not be excavated wider than necessary for the proper installation of the electrical
appurtenances and foundations. Excavation shall not be performed until immediately before
installation of conduit and other appurtenances. The material from the excavation shall be placed in
a position that will not cause damage or obstruction to vehicular and pedestrian traffic nor interfere
with surface drainage.
Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, all surplus excavated material shall be
removed and disposed of, within 48 hours, outside the public right of way in accordance with the
provisions in Sections 7-8.1, “Cleanup and Dust Control”, 300-1.3, “Removal and Disposal of
Materials” and 302-6, “Surplus Material”, depending on the origin and nature of the materials to be
removed and disposed.
The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the provisions in Sections 300-3.5,
‘Structure Backfill” or 306-1.3, “Backfill and Densification,” depending on the nature of the structure
or conduit that the excavation being backfilled accommodates. Excavations after backfilling shall be
kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well-drained condition until permanent repairs are
made. All excavations shall be filled, and sidewalks, pavement, and landscaping restored at each
intersection prior to excavating at any other intersection, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
Excavations in the street or highway shall be performed in such a manner that not more than one
traffic lane is restricted at any time, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
209-2.02 Removing and Replacing Improvements. In addition to the requirements of sections
7-9, “Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements” and 306-1 .5, “Trench Resurfacing”
Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete
pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants, and any other improvements removed, broken or
damaged by the Contractor’s operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of
material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality. The new work shall be left in a
serviceable condition.
0
Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, or driveway is broken
or damaged, the entire square, section or slab shall be removed and the concrete reconstructed as
above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in portland cement concrete sidewalks and
driveways and in pavements shall be cut to a minimum depth of 50 mm (2”) with an abrasive type
saw prior to removing the sidewalk, driveways and pavement material. Cuts shall be neat and true
along score lines, with no shatter outside the removal area.
209-2.03 Foundations. Portland cement materials and construction methods shall conform to
Section 201 , ‘Concrete, Mortar and Related concrete Materials,” for Materials and Section 303,
“Concrete and Masonry Construction,” for construction methods. Concrete foundations shall rest on
firm ground.
Reinforced cast-in-drilled-hole concrete pile foundations for traffic signal and lighting standards shall
conform to the provisions in Section 205-3.3, “Cast-in-Place Concrete Piles,” except that material
resulting from drilling holes shall be disposed of as provided in Section 209-2.01, “Excavating and
Backfilling.” The exposed portions of the foundation shall be formed to present a neat appearance. 0
4- tS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Pane 69 nf 1% Panos
Forms shall be true to line and grade. Tops of foundations for posts and standards, except special
foundations, shall be finished to curb or sidewalk grade or as directed by the Engineer. Forms shall
be rigid and securely braced in place. Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be placed in proper
position and to proper height, and shall be held in place by means of a template until the concrete
sets.
Anchor bars or studs and nuts, except for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards, shall conform to
ASTM Designation: A 307. Headed anchor bolts for foundations shall conform to the specifications
of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade B with S1 supplementary requirements. At the option of the
Contractor, nonheaded anchor bolts for foundations shall conform either to the specifications of
ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C or to the provisions in AASHTO Designation: M 314, Grade 36
or 55 with S1 supplementary requirements. When nonheaded anchor bolts conforming to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C are furnished, the end of each fabricated
anchor bolt shall be either coded by end stamping as required in ASTM Designation: A 307 or the
end that projects from the concrete shall be permanently coded with a greerl color by the
manufacturer. High strength anchor bolts, bars, or studs for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards
shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or A 449 and shall comply with the mechanical
requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. Nuts and washers for high
strength anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM Designations: A 563 or A 563M, and F 476 or F 476M,
respectively. In addition to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 449, studs shall be marked on
either end as required for bolt heads. All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the
provisions in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.” I
The upper threaded portion of all anchor bolts shall be provided with 2 nuts and 2 washers each.
Anchor bars or studs shall be provided with 3 nuts and washers each. Welding shall not be
performed on any portion of the body of high-strength anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs.
Plumbing of the standards shall be accomplished by adjusting the leveling nuts before placing mortar
or before the foundation is finished to final grade. Shims, or other similar devices shall not be used
for plumbing or raking of posts, standards or pedestals.
Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moistened
before placing concrete. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has thoroughly set. Ordinary
surface finish, as specified in Section 303-1.9.2, “Ordinary Surface Finish,” shall be applied to
exposed surfaces of concrete. Where obstructions prevent the construction of a planned foundation,
the Contractor shall construct an effective foundation as directed by the Engineer. The foundations
shown on the plans shall be extended if conditions require additional depth, and the additional work,
if ordered by the Engineer, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-2, “Changes
Initiated By The Agency.”
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, foundations not to be reused shall be removed.
When a foundation is shown on the plans to be abandoned, the top of foundation, anchor bolts, and
conduits shall be removed to a depth of not less than 1.0 m (3‘) below surface of sidewalk or
unimproved ground. The resulting hole shall be backfilled with material equivalent to the surrounding
material. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all standards to be relocated shall be provided with
new foundations and anchor bolts of the proper type and size. Posts, poles, standards, pedestals,
and cabinets shall not be erected until the foundation has set at least 7 days, and shall be plumbed
or raked, as directed by the Engineer. In unpaved areas, a 1 .O m (3‘) square, 100 mm (4“) thick or of
the size shown on the plans, whichever is the larger, raised pad of portland cement concrete shall be
placed in front of each controller cabinet.
Contract No. 3849-1 Paoe 70 of 136 Paaes
209-2.04 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts. Standards for traffic signals and lighting, and
steel pedestals for cabinets and other similar equipment shall be located as shown on the plans.
Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best general practice of metal fabrication shops.
All welding shall conform to AWS D1 .l, “Structural Welding Code,” and to the requirements in this
Section 209-2.04. All welds joining the shafts of the standards and mast arms to their base plates
shall be as shown on the plans, however, alternative weld joint details may be approved by the
Engineer. Approval of alternative weld joint details will be contingent upon the proposed weld joint
passing both weld procedure and nondestructive testing as deemed necessary by the Engineer.
All costs of the supplemental testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
All standards except Type 1, and all signal mast arms, shall have an aluminum identification plate, as
noted on the plans, attached with stainless steel rivets or screws. Type 1 standards and steel
pedestals for controller cabinets shall be constructed of 3 mm (.125“) or thicker galvanized steel; or
100 mm (4“) standard weight galvanized, steel pipe or Size 103, Type 1 conduit, with the top
designed for post-top slip-fitter. Standard weight galvanized, steel pipe shall conform to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Materials and construction methods for all ferrous metal
parts of standards, with shaft length of 4.6 m (15‘) and longer, shall conform to the details shown on
the plans, the requirements of Sections 206, “Miscellaneous Metal Items,” for Materials and Section
304, “Metals Fabrication and Construction,” for construction methods except as otherwise noted, and
the following requirements:
1) Except as otherwise specified, standards shall be fabricated from sheet steel of weldable grade
having a minimum yield strength, after fabrication, of 276 Mpa (40,000 psi). Certified test reports
which verify conformance to the minimum yield strength requirements shall be submitted to the
Engineer. The test reports may be the mill test reports for the as-received steel or, when the
as-received steel has a lower yield strength than required, the Contractor shall provide supportive
test data which provides assurance that the Contractor’s method of cold forming will consistently
increase the tensile properties of the steel to meet the specified minimum yield strength.
The supportive test data shall include tensile properties of the steel both before and after cold
forming for specific heats and thicknesses.
2) When a single-ply 8 mm (0.3125“) thick pole is specified, a 2-ply pole with equivalent section
modulus may be substituted. Standards may be fabricated of full-length sheets or shorter sections.
Each section shall be fabricated from not more than 2 pieces of sheet steel. Where 2 pieces are
used, the longitudinal welded seams shall be directly opposite one another. When the sections are
butt-welded together, the longitudinal welded seams on adjacent sections shall be placed to form
continuous straight seams from base to top of standard.
3) Butt-welded transverse joints shall be strengthened by inserting a metal sleeve at each joint. The
sleeve shall be 3 mm (0.120“) nominal thickness, or thicker, steel having the same chemical
composition as the steel in the standard. When the sections to be joined have different specified
minimum yield strengths, the steel in the sleeve shall have the same chemical composition as the
higher minimum yield strength steel to be joined. The metal sleeve shall have a minimum length of
25 mm. The sleeve shall be centered at the joint and have the same taper as the standard with the
outside of the sleeve in full contact with the inside of the standard throughout the sleeve length and
circumference. All welds shall be continuous. The weld metal at the transverse joint shall extend to
the sleeve, making the sleeve an integral part of the joint. Longitudinal welds in steel tubular
sections will be tested in accordance with California Test 664. The sampling frequency shall be as
determined by the Engineer. The welds may be made by the electric resistance welding process. All
exposed welds, except fillet and fatigue resistant welds and welds on top of mast arms, shall be
ground flush with the base metal.
4- %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Pane 71 of 136 PaQes
4) All exposed edges of the plates which make up the base assembly shall be finished smooth and
all exposed corners of the plates shall be neatly rounded unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Shafts shall be provided with slip-finer shaft caps. Standards shall be straight, with a permissive
variation not to exceed 25 mm (1 “) measured at the midpoint of a 9 m (30’) or 11 m (36’) standard
and not to exceed 20 mm (3/411) measured at the midpoint of a 5 m (17’) through 6 m (20’) standard.
Variation shall not exceed 25 mm (1“) at a point 4.5 m (15‘) above the base plate for Type 35 and
Type 36 standards.
5) All galvanized nuts, used on assemblies with a specified preload or torque, shall be lubricated in
accordance with the requirements specified for galvanized Grade DH nuts in ASTM Designation:
A 563 or A 563M.
6) Standards with an outside diameter of 300 mm (12“) or less shall be round. Standards with an
outside diameter greater than 300 mm (1 2”) shall be round or multisided. Multisided standards shall
have a minimum of 10 sides which shall be convex and shall have a minimum bend radius of
100 mm (4”).
7) Mast arms for standards, shall be fabricated from material as specified for standards and shall
conform to the dimensions shown on the plans.
8) The cast steel option for slip bases shall be fabricated from material conforming to the
requirements of ASTM Designation: A 27/A 27M, Grade 70-40. Other comparable material may be
used if written permission is given by the Engineer. The casting tolerances shall be in accordance
with the Steel Founder’s Society of America recommendations (green sand molding). One casting
from each lot of 50 castings or less shall be subject to radiographic inspection, in accordance with
the provisions in ASTM Designation: E 94. The castings shall comply with the acceptance criteria
severity level 3 or better for all types and categories of discontinuities as specified in ASTM
Designations: E 186 and E 446. If the one casting fails to pass the inspection, 2 additional castings
shall be radiographed. Both of these castings shall pass the inspection or the entire lot of 50 will be
rejected. Material certifications consisting of physical and chemical properties, and radiographic
films of the castings shall be filed at the manufacturer’s office. These certifications and films shall be
available for inspection upon request.
9) High-strength bolts, nuts and flat washers used to connect slip base plates shall conform to ASTM
Designation: A 325 or A 325M and shall be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing
for Traffic Signal Facilities.”
10) Plate washers shall be fabricated by saw cutting and drilling steel plate conforming to AIS1
Designation: 101 8, and be galvanized as specified in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal
Facilities.”
11) Prior to galvanizing, all burrs and sharp edges shall be removed and holes shall be chamfered
sufficiently on each side to allow the bolt head to make full contact with the washer without tension
on the bolt.
12) High-strength cap screws shown on the plans for attaching mast arms to standards shall conform
to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or ASTM Designation: A 449 and shall comply with the
mechanical requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. The cap
screws shall be galvanized as specified in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.’’
The threads of the cap screws shall be coated with a lubricant which is clean and dry to the touch.
13) The galvanized faying surfaces of the connections between signal or lighting mast arms and
poles shall be free of surface imperfections, such as lumps, runs, and scum, which would prevent
intimate, uniform contact between the faying surfaces.
14) Handholes in the base of standards shall conform to the details shown on the plans.
All handholes shall be provided with covers.
15) Changes in configuration of mast arms will be permitted, provided the mounting height and
stability are maintained. Fabricators electing to use larger than minimum arm diameters shall adjust
the details as required to permit solid seating of the cap screws. All arms shall be bent to the
approximate configuration shown on the plans. A smooth curving arm is required.
as Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 72 of 136 Paaes
16) Pedestrian push button posts shall be constructed of 65 mm (2 ’/;) standard pipe conforming to
the dimensions shown on the plans. Guard posts shall be constructed of 100 mm (4“) nominal
dimension galvanized standard pipe 1.7 m (66”) long. Posts shall be set 900 mm (3’) in a block of
portland cement concrete, as shown on the plans, and the pipe shall be filled with portland cement
concrete. Push button posts and guard posts shall be pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM
Designation: A 53.
17) Slip bases shall be assembled and tightened when the pole is on the ground prior to erection.
The threads of the heavy hex nuts for the slip base bolts shall be coated with an additional lubricant
which is clean and dry to the touch. Each high strength slip base bolt shall be tightened to within
10 N.m (1 0 foot-pounds), plus or minus, of values in Table 209-2.04(A):
Standard Type
15-SB
30
31
TABLE 209-2.04 (A)
HIGH STRENGTH SLIP BASE BOLT TORQUE VALUES
Torque (Newton-meters) Torque Foot- Pounds
200 150
200 150
275 200
36-20A I 225 -1 165
Holes left in the shafts of existing standards, due to removal of equipment or mast arms, shall be
repaired by welding in a suitable disk, grinding smooth, and painting as provided for repairing
damaged galvanized surfaces in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.”
When directed by the Engineer, existing standards to be relocated or reused in place shall be
repaired. Large dents shall be removed, shafts shall be straightened, and portions which are in poor
condition due to corrosion or damage, shall be replaced. Extent of repairs or replacements will be
determined by the Engineer and the repairs or replacements ordered by the Engineer will be paid for
as extra work as provided in Section 3-2, “Changes Initiated By The Agency.”
Anchor bolts or bars and nuts required for relocating existing standards shall be furnished by the
Contractor. When a standard or mast arm is relocated, or when a used standard or mast arm is
Agency-furnished, new nuts, bolts, cap screws and washers shall be provided and, if the standard
has a slip base, a new keeper plate shall be provided. New hardware shall conform to the
requirements for hardware used with new standards. New standards, mast arms, posts and other
ferrous materials shall be galvanized as provided in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal
Facilities.”
209-2.05 Conduit. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary
installations, and where conductors are run inside poles. Conduit shall be of the sizes shown on the
plans and as specified in this Section 209-2.05. In addition, the Contractor may, as an option at the
Contractor’s expense, use conduit of a larger size than that shown or specified, provided the larger
size is used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet. Reducing couplings will not be
permitted. New conduit shall not pass through foundations for standards.
4- %$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 73 of 136 Paaes
209-2.05A Material. Conduit and conduit fittings shall be UL or ETL listed and shall conform
to the following: Type 1. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements in UL
Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. The zinc coating will be tested in accordance with ASTM
Designation: A 239.
2) Type 2. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to Type 1 above and coated with
polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. The exterior thermoplastic coating shall have a minimum
thickness of 0.9 mm (35 mils).
3) Type 3. Rigid non-metallic conduit conforming to the requirements in the UL Standard for Rigid
Non-Metallic Conduit (Publication UL 651). Type 3 conduit shall be installed at all underground
locations.
4) Type 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall consist of conduit with a liquid tight, non-metallic,
sunlight-resistant jacket over an inner flexible metal core. Type 4 conduit shall be UL listed for use
as the grounding conductor.
5) Type 5. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC) conforming to the requirements in UL Publication 1242
for Intermediate Metallic Conduit. Type 5 conduit shall only be used when specified.
Bonding bushings to be installed on metal conduit shall be insulated and shall be the galvanized or
zinc alloy type. All conduit installed underground shall be Type 3, rigid non-metallic conduit. Type 3
conduit shall be installed at underground locations only.
209-2.05B Use. Exposed conduit installed on a painted structure shall be painted the same color
as the structure. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum metric trade size of conduit shall be:
1) From an electrolier to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 41 (1’/2’’ dia).
2) From a pedestrian push button post to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 27 (1” dia).
3) From a signal standard to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 53 (2” dia).
4) From a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 78 (3” dia).
5) For detector runs shall be Size 41 (1’/2’’ dia).
6) Not otherwise specified shall be Size 41 (1’/; dia).
209-2.056 Installation. Conduit shall be installed in conformance with the codes and regulations
listed in Section 209-1.02, “Regulations and Code.” Conduit runs shown on the plans may be
changed to avoid underground obstructions with written approval by the Engineer. The ends of all
conduits, whether shop or field cut, shall be reamed to remove burrs and rough edges. Cuts shall be
made square and true. Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit.
When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling metal type conduit, a UL or ETL listed
threaded union coupling shall be used. All couplings for metal type conduit shall be tightened to
provide a good electrical connection throughout the entire length of the conduit run. Conduit shall be
tightened into couplings or fittings using strap wrenches or approved groove joint pliers. Conduit
threads and damaged surfaces on metal conduit shall be painted with 2 applications of approved
unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 21 0-3.6,
“Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.” Aerosol cans shall not be used.
The ends of conduit shall be threaded and shall be capped with standard pipe caps or “pennies” to
protect the raceway against dirt and concrete until wiring is started. When caps or ”pennies” are
removed, the ends of conduit and conduit fittings shall be provided with conduit bushings. Conduit
terminating in pull boxes or foundations shall be provided with insulated bonding bushings
Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than 6 times the inside diameter
of the conduit. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, without crimping or
flattening, using the longest radius practicable.
4- k# Revised 10108/03 Contract No. 3849-1 PaQe 74 of 136 Paqes
A No. 12 copper pull wire or a pull rope shall be installed in all conduits which are to receive future
conductors. The pull rope shall be nylon or polypropylene with a minimum tensile strength of 2225 N
(500 pounds). At least 0.6 m (2') of pull wire or rope shall be doubled back into the conduit at each
termination. Existing underground conduit to be incorporated into a new system shall be cleaned
with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air.
Conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than 460 mm (18") below grade in portland cement
concrete sidewalk areas and curbed paved median areas, and not less than 750 mm (30") below
finished grade in all other areas. Conduit may be laid on top of the existing pavement within new
curbed medians being constructed on top of the existing pavement. Conduit couplings shall be
located at least 150 mm (6") from face of foundation.
Unless 'Trenching In Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or required on the plans or in these
special provisions, conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by jacking or drilling methods.
Pavement shall not be disturbed without permission from the Engineer. In the event obstructions are
encountered, upon approval of the Engineer, small holes may be cut in the pavement to locate or
remove obstructions. Jacking or drilling pits shall be kept 0.6 m (2') clear of the edge of any type of
pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined or
subgrade softened, will not be permitted. Conduit to be placed as part of the completed work shall
not be used for drilling or jacking. When 'Trenching in Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or
required on the plans or in these special provisions, installation of conduit under pavement shall
conform to the following:
1) Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement in a trench approximately 50 mm (2") wider than
the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed.
2) Trench shall not exceed 150 mm (6") in width.
3) Trench depth shall not exceed 300 mm (12") or conduit metric trade size plus 250 mm (lo"),
whichever is greater, except that at pull boxes the trench may be hand dug to required depth.
4) The top of the installed conduit shall be a minimum of 230 mm (9") below finished grade. In areas
where additional pavement is to be placed, trenching installation shall be completed prior to placing
the final pavement layer.
5) The outline of all areas of pavement to be removed shall be cut to a minimum depth of 75 mm (3")
with a rock-cutting excavator specifically designed for this purpose.
6) Cuts shall be neat and true with no shatter outside the removal area.
7) The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the trench shall be backfilled with
trench backfill slurry concrete.
8) Concrete backfill shall be placed to the pavement surface except, when the trench is in asphalt
concrete pavement and additional pavement is not being placed, the top 30 mm (0.10') of the trench
shall be backfilled with asphalt concrete produced from commercial quality paving asphalt and
aggregates.
Prior to spreading asphalt concrete, paint binder (tack coat) shall be applied as specified in Section
302-5.4, "Tack Coat." Spreading and compacting of asphalt concrete shall be performed by any
method that will produce an asphalt concrete surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture, and density.
All excavated areas in the pavement shall be backfilled, except for the top 30 mm (O.lO'), by the end
of each work period. The top 30 mm (0.1 0') shall be placed within 3 calendar days after trenching.
209-2.06 Pull Boxes. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans or as
specified. The Contractor may, as an option, at the Contractor's expense, use pull boxes of a larger
standard size than that shown or specified.
209-2.06A Materials. Pull boxes, covers and extensions for installation in the ground or in sidewalk
areas shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans and shall be precast of reinforced portland
cement concrete (Pee).
em p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 75 of 136 Pages
Covers shall be secured with 9 mm (3/8LL) bolts, cap screws, or studs, and nuts which shall be of
brass, stainless steel or other non-corroding metal material. Stainless steel holddown bolts, cap
screws or studs, and nuts and washers shall have a chromium content of not less than 18 percent
and a nickel content of not less than 8 percent.
All ferrous metal parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6,
“Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.”
209-2.068 Cover Marking. Covers for pull boxes, except covers for ceiling pull boxes, shall be
marked as shown on the plans. Marking shall be clearly defined and uniform in depth and may be
placed parallel to either the long or short sides of the cover. Marking letters shall be between 25 mm
(1“) and 75 mm (3“) high. Marking shall be applied to each steel or cast iron cover prior to
galvanizing by one of the following methods:
(a) Cast iron strips, at least 6 mm (l/41() thick, with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (l/l$).
Strips shall be fastened to covers with 6 mm (l/qLI) flathead stainless steel machine bolts and nuts.
Bolts shall be peened after tightening.
(b) Sheet steel strips at least 0.7 mm (22 ga.) with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (1/16(L) above the surrounding surface of the strips. Strips shall be fastened to covers by spot welding, tack
welding or brazing, with 6 mm (1/4“) stainless steel rivets, or with 6 mm (’/:I) roundhead stainless
steel machine bolts and nuts. Bolts shall be peened after tightening.
(c) Bead welding the letters on the covers. The letters shall be raised at least 2 mm (3/3g).
209-2.06C Installation and Use. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans
and, in conduit runs exceeding 60 m(200’), shall be spaced at not over 60 m (200‘) intervals.
The Contractor may, at the Contractor‘s expense, install additional pull boxes to facilitate the work.
The bottoms of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas, shall be bedded in crushed
rock as shown on the plans.
209-2.08 Conductors. Conductors shall be copper of the gage shown on the plans, unless
specified otherwise. Copper wire shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designations: B 3 and
B 8.
Wire sizes, other than conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable, shall be based on American
Wire Gage (AWG), except that conductor diameter shall be not less than 98 percent of the specified
AWG diameter. Conductors for branch circuits shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3
percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable
of simultaneous operation. The maximum voltage drop for both feeders and branch circuits shall not
exceed 5 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected
loads capable of simultaneous operation. Conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable shall
conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: B 286. A Certificate of Compliance conforming
to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, “Certification,” shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each
type of cable to be used on a project.
209-2.08A Conductor identification. All single conductors in cables, except detector lead-in
cables, shall have clear, distinctive and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the
entire length showing the manufacturer’s name or trademark, insulation type letter designation,
conductor size, voltage rating and the number of conductors if a cable. Conductor insulation shall be
of a solid color or of basic colors with a permanent colored stripe as detailed in the following table
unless otherwise specified. Solid or basic colors shall be homogeneous through the full depth of
insulation. Identification stripes shall be continuous over the entire length of the conductor.
For conductor sizes No. 2 and larger, the insulation may be black and the ends of the conductors
shall be taped with electrical insulating tape of the required color for a minimum of 500 mm (20”).
All single conductors in cables shall be marked as shown in Table 209-2.08A (A):
tl# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 76 of 136 Pages
TABLE 209-2.08A (A) CONDUCTORS
Circuit
.................... .................................... .................... ....................................
................................
Control
Grounded & Common ................
Interconnect ................................ ................................
Notes: 1. On overlaps, insulation is striped for first phase in designation, for example, a phase (2+3) conductor is striped as for phase 2. 2. Band for overlap and special phases as required.
3. Flashing beacons having separate service do not require banding. 4. These requirements do not apply to signal cable. 5. "S" if circuit is switched on line side of service equipment by utility. 6. Band conductors in each pull box and near ends of termination points. On signal light circuits, a single band may be placed around 2 or 3 ungrounded conductors comprising a phase. 7. Ungrounded conductors between service switch and flasher mechanism shall be black and banded as indicated in this column. 8. Conductors between ballasts and sign lighting lamps shall be No. 16 and color shall correspond to that of the ballast
leads. 9. Both conductors between external H.I.D. ballast and lamp socket shall be black. 10. Black acceptable for size No. 2 and larger. Tape ends for 500 mm (20") with indicated color.
11. Wire sizes listed are minimums. Ampacity requirements of specific circuits or voltage drop may necessitate larger conductors.
4- %? Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 77 of 136 Pages
209-2.086 Multiple Circuit Conductors. Conductors for multiple circuits shall be UL or ETL
listed and rated for 600-volt operation. The insulation for No. 14 through No. 4 conductors shall be
one of the following: 1) Type TW polyvinyl chloride conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 221 9. 2) Type THW polyvinyl chloride. 3) Type USE, Type RHH or Type RHW cross-linked polyethylene.
At any point, the minimum thickness of any Type TW, THW, USE, RHH or RHW insulation shall be 1 .O mm (40 mils) for conductor sizes No. 14 to No. 10, inclusive, and 1.3 mm (54 mils) for No. 8 to No. 2, inclusive. The insulation for No. 2 and larger conductors shall be one of the types listed above
or shall be Type THWN. Conductors for wiring wall luminaires shall be stranded copper, with insulation rated for use at temperatures up to 125°C. Overhead lighting conductors shall be No. 8, or
larger, medium hard drawn copper with weatherproof covering.
209-2.08C Series Circuit Conductors. Conductors for series circuits shall be No. 8, shall be
rated for 5000-volt operation and shall be insulated with 3.7 mm (150 mils) minimum thickness
polyvinyl chloride compound conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2219, or polyethylene conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 1351.
209-2.08D Signal Cable. Siqnal cable shall be installed. Individual conductors are not allowed.
Signal cable shall conform to the following: The cable jacket shall be black polyethylene with an inner polyester binder sheath, and shall be rated for 600- volt and 75°C. All cables shall have clear,
distinctive, and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the entire length of the cable
showing the manufacturer’s name or trademark, insulation designation, number of conductors,
conductor sizes, and the voltage rating of the jacket. Filler material, if used, shall be polyethylene material. Individual conductors in the cable shall be solid copper with Type THWN insulation, and shall conform to the requirements in Section 209-2.08, “Conductors,” and ASTM Designation: B 286. The minimum thickness of Type THWN insulation, at any point, shall be 0.3 mm ( 13 mils) for
conductor sizes No. 14 and No. 12, and 0.4 mm (1 8 mils) for conductor size No. 10. The minimum
thickness of the nylon jacket shall be 0.1 mm (4 mils) at any point.
Three-Conductor Cable (3CSC). The 3-conductor signal cable shall consist of three No. 14
conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 10 mm (0.10”). The color code of the conductors shall be blue/black stripe, blue/orange stripe, and white/black stripe. The 3 conductor cable shall be used for pedestrian push buttons and a
spare.
Five-Conductor Cable (5CSC). The 5-conductor signal cable shall consist of five No. 14
conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 13 mm (0.50”). The color code of the conductors shall be red, yellow, brown, black, and white.
red
yellow
brown
red/black stripe
Nine-Conductor Cable (9CSC). The 9-conductor cable shall consist of eight No. 14 conductors and one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of .5 mm (60 mils)
and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal outside diameter
of the cable shall not exceed 17 mm (0.70”). The color code for the No. 12 conductor shall be white. The color code for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(A):
yellow/black stripe
brown/black stripe
black
white/black stripe
TABLE 209-2.08D(A)
NINE-CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE
Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 78 of 136 Paaes
Twelve-Conductor Cable (12CSC). The 12-conductor signal cable shall consist of eleven No. 14
conductors and one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of
1.5 mm (60 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 17 mm (0.70”). The color code for the No. 12
conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall
be as Table 209-2.08D(B), unless otherwise approved by the Engineer:
TABLE 209-2.08D(B) TWELVE -CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE
The 12-conductor cable shall be used for vehicle signals, pedestrian signals, spares and the signal
common.
Twenty Eight-Conductor Cable (28CSC). The 28-conductor signal cable shall consist of 27 No.
14 conductors and one No. 10 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness
of 2 mm (80 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.6 mm (64 mils). The nominal
outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 23 mm (0.90”). The color code for the No. 10
conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall
be as Table 209-2.08D(C):
em t4 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 79 of 136 Pages
TABLE 209-2.08D( C)
1) The signal commons in each 28-conductor cable shall be kept separate except at the signal control le r. 2) Each 28-conductor cable shall be labeled in each pull box “Cl” or “C2”,. 3) The cable identified “Cl” shall be used for signal Phases 1, 2, 3 and 4. The cable identified “C2” shall be used for signal Phases 5, 6, 7 and 8.
Each signal cable, except 28-conductor, shall be marked, in each pull box, showing the signal
standard to which it is connected.
209-2.08E Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC). Signal Interconnect Cable shall consist of six or
twelve No. 20, minimum, stranded tinned copper conductors as shown on the plans or required
herein. Each conductor shall be insulated with 0.33 mm (0.01 3“), minimum nominal thickness, color
coded, polypropylene material. Conductors shall be in twisted pairs. Color coding shall distinguish
each pair. Each pair shall be wrapped with an aluminum polyester shield and shall have a No. 22 or
larger, stranded, tinned copper drain wire inside the shielded pair. The cable jacket shall be black,
high density polyethylene, rated for a minimum of 300- volts and 6OoC, and shall have a nominal wall
thickness of 1 .O mm (40 mils), minimum. The cable jacket or the moisture-resistant tape directly
under the outer jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, insulation type designation, number of conductors and conductor size, and voltage and temperature ratings. Splices shall be
made only where shown on the plans or in controller cabinets. A minimum of one meter (3’) of slack
shall be provided at each splice and 2 m (6‘) at each controller cabinet. Splices of conductors shall
be insulated with heat-shrink tubing of the appropriate size and shall overlap the conductor insulation
at least 15 mm (0.5”). The overall cable splice shall be covered with heat-shrink tubing, with at least
40 mm (1’/;‘) of overlap of the cable jacket.
4- p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 80 of 136 Pages
209-2.09 Wiring. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary
installations and where conductors are run inside poles. Wiring shall be done in conformance with
the regulations and code listed in Section 209-1.02, “Regulations and Code,” and the following
additional requirements:
209-2.09A Circuitry. Sufficient traffic signal light conductors shall be provided to perform the
functional operation of the signal and, in addition thereto, 3 spare conductors shall be provided in all
conduits containing traffic signal light conductors, unless shown otherwise on the plans.
Traffic signal light conductors shall not run to a terminal block on a standard unless they are to be
connected to a signal head that is mounted thereon. Connection to each terminal of a pedestrian
push button shall be by a single conductor. The common for pedestrian push button circuits shall be
separate from the traffic signal light circuit grounded conductors. Where ballasts or transformers are
used, series conductors shall be run from ballast to ballast, transformer to transformer, and from
ballast or transformer to service.
209-2.09B Installation. A UL or ETL listed inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in
conduit. Conductors shall be pulled into conduit by hand and the use of winches or other power
actuated pulling equipment will not be permitted. All conductors shall be pulled directly from the
spool into the conduit and shall not be draqqed on the wound as to cause damaae to the
conductors. When new conductors are to be added to existing conductors in a conduit, all
conductors shall be removed; the conduit shall be cleaned as provided in Section 209-2.05C,
“Installation”; and both old and new conductors shall be pulled into the conduit as a unit. Where
traffic signal light conductors are run in lighting standards containing street lighting conductors from a
different service point, either the traffic signal light conductors or the lighting conductors shall be
encased in flexible or rigid metal conduit, to a point where the 2 types of conductors are no longer in
the same raceway. Temporary conductors less than 3 m (lo‘) above grade shall be enclosed in
flexible or rigid metal conduit.
At least 0.3 m (1 ‘) of slack shall be left for each conductor at each signal or lighting standard, or
combined standard, and at least one meter (3’) of slack at each pull box. At least one meter (3’) of
slack shall be left for each conductor at each splice. Ends of spare conductors or conductors
terminated in pull boxes shall be taped to provide a watertight seal.
Conductors within fixtures or service cabinets shall be neatly arranged and shall be cabled together
with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or other method approved by the Engineer. Traffic signal light
conductors, interconnect conductors, service conductors, detector conductors and cables in
controller cabinets and flashing beacon cabinets shall be neatly arranged, and shall be cabled
together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or enclosed in plastic tubing or raceway.
Conductor identification shall be provided under the following conditions:
1) Where signal phase or circuit are not clearly indicated by conductor insulation color and stripe
as detailed in the conductor table in Section 209-2.08, “Conductors,” or when identification stripes
are not available, marking shall be as detailed in the conductor table for special and overlap
phases.
2) Where metered and unmetered conductors occupy the same pull box, the unmetered circuit
conductors shall be identified, “UNMETEREG-STREET LTG,” “UNMETERED-COUNT STATION,”
or as appropriate to describe the unmetered circuit.
Conductors shall be permanently identified as to function. Identification shall be placed on each
conductor, or each group of conductors comprising a signal phase, in each pull box and near the end
of terminated conductors. Identification shall be by direct labeling, tags or bands fastened to the
conductors in such a manner that they will not move along the conductors. Labeling shall be by
mechanical methods.
e- rr# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Pane 81 of 136 Panes
209-2.09C Connectors and Terminals. Conductors shall be joined by the use of UL or ETL listed
crimp type connectors as shown on the plans. Connectors and terminals shall be applied with the
proper type tool as recommended by the manufacturer of the connector or terminal being used.
Finished connections and terminals shall comply with the requirements of Military Specification
MIL-T-7928. All stranded conductors smaller than No. 14 shall be terminated in crimp style terminal
lugs. All connectors and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the
hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
209-2.09D Splicing and Terminations. Unless specified otherwise or permitted by the Engineer,
splices shall conform to the details shown on the plans and will be permitted only in the following
types of circuits at the following locations:
1) Grounded conductors in pull boxes.
2) Pedestrian push button conductors in pull boxes.
3) Multiple or series lighting conductors in the pull box adjacent to each electrolier or luminaire
location or in the bases of Type 21 standards. Where electroliers are more than 120 m (400')
apart, splices will be permitted in pull boxes at 120 m (400'), or greater, intervals.
4) When traffic signals are being modified, ungrounded traffic signal light conductors may be
spliced in pull boxes at locations shown on the plans.
5) Ungrounded traffic signal light conductors to a terminal compartment or signal head on a
standard may be spliced to through conductors of the same phase in the pull box adjacent to the
standard.
6) All splices and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot
iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
209-2.09E Splice Insulation. All splices shall be capable of satisfactory operation under
continuous submersion in water. Multi-conductor cables shall be spliced and insulated to provide a
watertight joint and to prevent absorption of moisture by the cable.
Where more than one conductor enters the sleeve of a ballast installed in a pull box, the insulation
and taping shall be applied between the conductors in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint.
Splice insulation shall conform to the details shown on the plans.
Low-voltage tape shall be UL or ETL listed and shall be the following types:
1 ) Self-fusing, oil and flame-resistant, synthetic rubber.
2) Pressure-sensitive, adhesive, polyvinyl chloride, 0.1 5 mm (0.007") minimum thickness.
Tape for insulating splices in high-voltage (over 600 V) circuits shall be designed for use on 5-kvolt
circuits and shall be resistant to ozone, corona and water. Insulating pad shall be composed of a
laminate of 2 mm (0.085") thickness of electrical grade polyvinyl chloride and a 3 mm (0.125")
thickness of butyl splicing compound with removable liner. Heat-shrink tubing shall be medium or
heavy wall thickness, irradiated polyolefin tubing containing an adhesive mastic inner wall. Minimum
wall thickness prior to contraction shall be one millimeter (39 mils).
4- 'p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 82 of 136 Pages
When heated, the inner wall shall melt and fill all crevices and interstices of the object being covered
while the outer wall shrinks to form a waterproof insulation. Each end of the heat shrink tube or the
open end of the end cap of heat-shrink tubing shall, after contraction, overlap the conductor
insulation at least 38 mm (lY2”). Heat-shrink tubing shall conform to the requirements of UL
Standard 468D and ANSI C119.1, for extruded insulated tubing at 600-V. All heat-shrink tubing shall
also meet the requirements of Table 209-2.09E(A):
Property
Shrinkage Ratio
Dielectric Strength
Resistivity
Tensile Strength
Operating Temperature
Water Absorption
Requirement
33 percent, maximum, of supplied diameter when heated to 125°C and
allowed to cool to 25°C.
140 kV per 10 mm, minimum.
1013 . mm, minimum.
14 MPa, minimum.
-40°C to 90°C (1 35°C Emergency).
0.5 percent, maximum.
When three or more conductors are to be enclosed within a single splice using heat-shrink tubing,
mastic shall be placed around each conductor, prior to being placed inside the heat-shrink tubing.
The mastic shall be the type recommended by the manufacturer of the heat-shrink tubing. After
contraction, the ends and seams of heat-shrink tubing shall be painted with electrical insulating
coating. Heat-shrink tubing shall not be heated with an open flame. A heating device designed for
the purpose is required.
The Contractor may, at the Contractor’s option, use either of the following splice insulation methods:
1) “Method B” as shown on the plans. A minimum of 2 thicknesses of electrical insulating pad
shall be used. Pads shall be applied to the splice in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
2) Heat-shrink tubing as provided above.
0
209-2.095 Fused Splice Connectors. In the pull box adjacent to each luminaire a fused
disconnect splice connector shall be installed in each ungrounded conductor between the line and
the ballast. The connector shall be readily accessible in the pull box regardless of whether the
ballast is remote or is integral with the luminaire.
For 240-volt and 480-volt circuits, each connector shall be designed so that both ungrounded
conductors are disconnected simultaneously. The connector shall have no exposed metal parts,
except the head of a stainless steel assembly screw may be exposed. The head of the metal as-
sembly screw shall be recessed a minimum of 0.8 mm (1/32“) below the top of a plastic boss which
surrounds the head.
The splice connector shall completely enclose the fuse and shall protect the fuse against damage
from water and weather. The contact between the fuse and fuse holder shall be by spring pressure.
The terminals of the splice connector shall be rigidly crimped, using a tool of the type recommended
by the manufacturer of the fused splice connector, onto the line conductors and the conductors to the
ballasts and shall be insulated and made waterproof in accordance with the splice connector
manufacturer’s recommendations. Fused splice connectors shall not be used in series circuits.
Fuses shall be standard midget, ferrule type, with “Non-Time-Delay” feature, and shall be 10 mm
(’3/32“) x 38 mm (1 1/2“). e
tS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 83 of 136 Paoes
209-2.1 0 Bonding and Grounding. Metallic cable sheaths, metal pull box covers, metal conduit,
equipment grounding conductors, ballast and transformer cases, service equipment, sign switches,
and metal poles and pedestals shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to form a
continuous system, and shall be effectively grounded. Bonding jumpers shall be copper wire or
copper braid of the same cross sectional area as No. 6 for series lighting systems and No. 8 or larger
for all other systems. The jumper size shall be increased to match the load or the circuit breaker
size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Equipment grounding conductors shall be color coded to
Code requirements or shall be bare.
The bonding jumper in standards with handholes shall be attached by a 4.5 mm (3/16") or larger brass
bolt and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Standards without
handholes shall be bonded by a jumper attached to all anchor bolts, and shall be run to the conduit
or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been
placed on foundation. Where slip base standards or slip base inserts are installed, the bonding
jumper shall not intrude into the slip plane. Bonding shall be accomplished by a bonding strap to all
anchor bolts or a 4.5 mm (3/16") or larger brass bolt installed in the bottom slip base plate.
One side of the secondary circuit of series-multiple and step-down transformers shall be grounded.
Grounding of metal conduit, service equipment and the grounded conductor at service point shall be
accomplished as required by the Code and the serving utility, except that grounding electrode
conductor shall be No. 6, or larger. For equipment grounding purposes in Type 3 conduit, a No. 6
copper wire shall be run continuously in circuits used for series lighting, and a No. 8, minimum,
copper wire shall be run continuously in all other circuits. The bonding wire size shall be increased to
match the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Where Type 3 conduit is to be
installed for future conductors, the copper wire may be omitted. Equipment bonding and grounding
conductors are not required in conduits which contain only loop lead-in cable or signal interconnect
cable or both.
At each multiple service disconnect location, a ground electrode shall be furnished and installed.
Ground electrodes shall be one-piece lengths of galvanized steel rod or pipe not less than 19 mm
(3/4Ld) in diameter, or of copper clad steel rod not less than 15 mm (5/8") in diameter. Ground
electrodes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the Code. The service equipment
shall be bonded to the ground electrode by use of a ground clamp or exothermic weld and No. 6 or
larger copper wire, enclosed in a size 16 or larger diameter conduit.
Ground clamp for service grounding and for grounding of equipment on wood poles shall be Size 16
galvanized, malleable iron conduit hub with swivel feature. On wood poles, all metallic equipment
mounted less than 2.4 m (8') above ground surface shall be grounded. Bonding of metallic conduit
in non-metallic pull boxes shall be by means of bonding bushings and bonding jumpers. Bonding of
metallic conduit in metal pull boxes shall be by means of locknuts, one inside and one outside of the
box.
209-2.1 1 Service. Electrical service installation and materials shall conform to the requirements of
the serving utility. When the service equipment is to be installed on a utility-owned pole, the
Contractor shall furnish and install conduit, conductors and all other necessary material to complete
the installation of the service. The position of the riser and equipment will be determined by the
utility. Service conduit shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility and shall be not less
than Size 41 (1'/;' dia.).
e= ts Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 84 of 136 Pages
Where a kilowatt-hour meter is required, a meter socket with sealing ring, as approved by the serving
utility, shall be furnished and installed. Where a meter socket is installed, the meter enclosure
shall be provided with factory installed test bypass facilities as required by the serving utility.
Service equipment shall be installed as soon as possible to enable the utility to schedule its work well
in advance of the completion of the project.
0
Each service shall be provided with a circuit breaker which shall simultaneously disconnect all
ungrounded service entrance conductors. All circuit breakers shall be quick-break on either
automatic or manual operation. The operating mechanism shall be enclosed and shall be trip-free
from the operating handle on overload. Circuit breakers shall be trip-indicating, shall have frame size
plainly marked and shall have trip rating clearly indicated on the operating handle. Overload tripping
of breakers shall not be influenced by an ambient temperature range of from -18°C to 50°C.
Multiple-pole breakers shall be the internal trip type. All circuit breakers shall be listed by UL or ETL.
Current rating of breakers shall be as shown on the plans. Circuit breakers used as service
disconnect equipment shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10 000 A, rms. Circuit breakers
shall be enclosed in a NEMA raintight enclosure with dead-front panel and hasp with a 11 mm (7/16“)
hole for a padlock. The padlock will be furnished by others. Service equipment enclosures, except
Types II and Ill, shall be galvanized. Types II and Ill service equipment enclosures shall be
fabricated from galvanized sheet steel or fabricated from sheet steel and zinc or cadmium plated
after fabrication, or shall be fabricated from aluminum. Fabrication of service equipment enclosures
shall conform to the requirements of Section 209-3.04A, “Cabinet Construction.” Steel enclosures
shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, “Painting.” All overlapping
exterior seams and doors shall meet the requirements for Type 3R enclosures specified in the NEMA
Enclosure Standards.
Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor’s operations, upon written request by the
Contractor, the Engineer will arrange with the serving utility to complete service connections for both
temporary and permanent installations and the Agency will pay all costs and fees required by the
utility. The request shall be submitted not less than 15 days before service connections are required.
Energy used prior to completion of the contract will be charged to the Contractor, except that the
cost of energy used for public benefit, when an operation is ordered by the Engineer, will be at the
expense of the Agency.
Full compensation for furnishing and installing Agency-owned or permanent service poles, service
equipment, conduit, conductors and pull boxes (including equipment, conduit, and conductors placed
on utility-owned poles) shall be considered as included in the contract item of electrical work involved
and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Where the service point is indeterminate
and is shown on the plans as an “approximate location” or ”service point not yet established”, the
labor and materials required for making the connection between the service point, when established,
and the nearest pull box shown on the plans will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3,
“Extra Work.”
209-2.1 2 Wood Poles. Wood poles for service or temporary installations shall be ANSI Class 5, or
larger. Poles shall not have more than 180 degrees twist in grain over the full length. Sweep shall
be no more than 100 mm (4”). Tops of poles shall be beveled. Poles shall be placed in the ground
to a depth of at least 1.8 m (6’). The lengths of poles shall be 7.6 m (25‘) for service poles and 10.7
m (35‘) for other poles, unless otherwise specified.
After each wood pole is set in the ground, the space around the pole shall be backfilled with selected
earth or sand, free of rocks and other deleterious material, placed in layers approximately 100 mm
(4“) thick. Each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted.
%# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Pane A5 of 1.36 Panes
Mast arms for wood pole installations shall be fabricated from standard pipe, free from burrs.
Each mast arm shall be provided with an insulated wire inlet and wood pole mounting brackets for
mast arm and tie-rod cross arm. Tie rods shall be of structural steel and pipe. Mast arms for
luminaires shall be mounted to provide a mounting height of 9.1 m (30’). Mast arms for traffic signals
and flashing beacons shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 5.2 m (17‘) from bottom of
equipment to the pavement.
Wood poles, not to be painted, shall be pressure treated after fabrication with creosote,
pentachlorophenol (oil borne) or copper naphthenate as provided in Section 204-2, “Treatment With
Preservatives.’’ All wood poles shall be pressure treated after fabrication with ammoniacal copper ar-
senate, chromated copper arsenate or ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate as provided in Section 204-
2, “Treatment With Preservatives.” The minimum retention for water borne preservatives shall be that
specified for posts.
209-2.13 Sign Control. Each sign illumination installation shall be provided with a disconnect
circuit breaker mounted on the sign standard or structure, as shown on the plans. Where the sign
lighting is served from a series lighting circuit through a series-multiple transformer, the circuit
breaker shall be installed in the secondary circuit. Where the sign lighting is served through a
multiple-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the primary circuit. Circuit
breakers shall meet the requirements for circuit breakers in Section 209-2.1 1, “Service.” Enclosure
for the circuit breaker shall be NEMA Type 3R, shall be galvanized or shall be cadmium plated, and
shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp with a 11 mm (7/16(‘) diameter hole for a padlock.
Padlocks will be furnished by others. When the sign structure is to be painted, the circuit breaker or
sign switch enclosure shall be painted the same color as the sign structure on which it is mounted.
209-2.14 Testing. Attention is directed to Section 4-1.4, ‘Test of Materials.” Testing shall conform
to the following:
209-2.14A Materials Testing. Testing and quality control procedures for Model 170 and Model
2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in ‘Transportation Electrical Equipment
Specifications,” and “Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications,” issued by the State of
California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project
advertising. Testing and quality control procedures for all other traffic signal controller assemblies
shall conform to the requirements in the NEMA TS Standards for Traffic Control Systems.
In the event equipment submitted for testing does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall
remove the equipment for repair within 5 working days after notification that the equipment is
rejected. In the event the equipment is not removed within that period, it may be shipped to the
Contractor at the Contractor’s expense.
209-2.146 Field Testing.
following tests on all circuits, in the presence of the Engineer.
Prior to start of functional testing, the Contractor shall perform the
209-2.1 48(1) Continuity. Each circuit shall be tested for continuity.
209-2.1 48(2) Ground. Each circuit shall be tested for grounds.
209-2.1 46(3) Insulation Resistance. An insulation resistance test at 500 volts DC shall be made
on each circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than
10 MQ on all circuits, except for inductive loop detector circuits which shall have an insulation
resistance value of not less than 100 MQ.
e=
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 86 of 136 Pages
The insulation resistance test shall not be performed on magnetometer sensing elements. Splices in
the pull box adjacent to the magnetometer sensing elements shall not be made prior to performing
the test on the lead-in conductors between the pull box and the controller cabinet field terminals.
209-2.1 4C Functional Testing. Attention is directed to Section 209-1.06, “Scheduling of Work,”
regarding requirements for test periods. A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated
that each and every part of the system functions as specified. The functional test for each new or
modified system shall consist of not less than 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation.
If unsatisfactory performance of the system develops, the condition shall be corrected and the test
shall be repeated until the 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation is obtained.
Turn-on of new or modified traffic signals shall be made only after all traffic signal circuits have been
thoroughly tested as specified above.
The Agency will maintain the system or systems during the test period and will pay the cost of
electrical energy for the operation of all of the facilities that are undergoing testing. The cost of any
necessary maintenance performed by the Agency on new circuits or on the portions of existing
circuits modified under the contract, except electrical energy, shall be at the Contractor’s expense
and will be deducted from any moneys due, or to become due, the Contractor.
A shutdown of the electrical system resulting from damage caused by public traffic, from a power
interruption or from unsatisfactory performance of Agency-furnished materials shall not constitute
discontinuity of the functional test.
209-2.1 5 Galvanizing. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with the provisions in Section 21 0-3.6,
“Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities,” except that cabinets may be constructed of material
galvanized prior to fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 525 or
A 525M, Coating Designation G 90, in which case all cut or damaged edges shall be painted with at
least 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the
requirements in Section 21 0-3.5, “Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating.” Aerosol cans shall not be used.
Other types of protective coating shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Iron or steel
pipe standards and pipe mast arms shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in conformance with
the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanized surfaces shall have spurs removed.
Tie-rods, bolts, nuts, washers, clamps and other miscellaneous ferrous parts shall be hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the provisions in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for
Traffic Control Facilities.” Not less than 250 mm (10“) of the upper end of the anchor bolts, anchor
bars, or studs, and all nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in
Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities.” After galvanizing, the bolt threads shall
accept galvanized standard nuts without requiring tools or causing removal of protective coatings.
Galvanizing of existing materials in an electrical installation will not be required.
209-2.1 6 Painting. Painting of electrical equipment and materials shall conform to the provisions in
Section 31 0, “Painting,” with the following additions and modifications. Paint materials for electrical
installations, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to the provisions in Section 210, “Paint and
Protective Coatings.” Factory or shop cleaning methods for metals will be acceptable if equal to the
methods specified herein. In lieu of the temperature and seasonal restrictions for painting as
provided in Section 310, “Painting,” paint may be applied to equipment and materials for electrical
installations at any time permitted by the Engineer 0
e- ES Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 87 of 136 Pages
All ungalvanized ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to applying the prime coat.
Blast cleaning will not be required. If an approved prime coat has been applied by the manufacturer,
and it is in good condition, the first primer application by the Contractor will not be required.
Existing equipment to be painted in the field, including Agency-furnished equipment, shall be washed
with a stiff bristle brush using a solution df water containing 7.5 ml. of heavy duty detergent powder
per liter (2 tablespoons per gallon). After rinsing, all surfaces shall be wire brushed with a coarse,
cup shaped, power-driven brush to remove all poorly bonded paint, rust, scale, corrosion, grease or
dirt. Any dust or residue remaining after wire brushing shall also be removed prior to priming.
Immediately after cleaning, all galvanized surfaces and all non-ferrous metal surfaces shall be
coated with one application of Primer (Wash) Pre-Treatment, Section 21 0-1.5 or wash primer
conforming to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-P-I 5328D. The wash primer shall be
applied by spraying or brushing to produce a uniform wet film on the surface. Galvanized equipment
and wood poles for traffic signal or flashing beacon installations shall not be painted. l
New galvanized metal surfaces to be painted in the field shall be cleaned as specified for existing
equipment before applying the prime coats specified. Wire brushing of new galvanized surfaces will
not be required. After erection, all exterior surfaces shall be examined for damaged primer and the
damaged surfaces shall be cleaned and spot coated with primer. Galvanized metal guard posts shall
not be painted.
A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-1.5,
“Certification,” certifying that the coating system furnished complies in all respects with these
requirements. Interior of metal signal visors, louvers and front faces of back plates shall be finished
with 2 applications of lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly
prepared metal surfaces, except that factory finish in good condition will be acceptable.
Metal signal sections, signal head mountings, brackets and fittings, outside of visors, pedestrian
push button housings, pedestrian signal sections and visors, and back faces of back plates, shall be
finished with 2 applications of lusterless black or dark olive green exterior grade latex paint
formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces. Dark olive green color shall match
Color Chip No. 68 on file at the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory.
Conduit and conduit fittings above ground shall be prepared and finished in the same manner as the
adjacent standard or post.
All paint shall be applied either by hand brushing or by spraying machines in the hands of skilled
operators. The work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the
right to require the use of brushes for the application of paint, should the work done by the paint
spraying machine prove unsatisfactory or objectionable, as determined by the Engineer.
209-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES
209-3.01 Controller Assembly. A controller assembly shall consist of a complete mechanism for
controlling the operation of traffic signals or other systems, including the controller unit and all
necessary auxiliary equipment, mounted in a cabinet. All equipment required to provide the
operation shown on the plans and as specified shall be provided. All field conductors No. 12 and
smaller shall terminate with spade type terminals. All field conductors No. 10 and larger shall
terminate in spade type or ring type terminals. I
em tS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 88 of 136 Paaes
209-3.02 Type 90 Controller Assembly. Deleted
209-3.03 Model 170 and Model 2070 Controller Assemblies. Model 170 and Model 2070 (Model
170/2070) controller assemblies shall consist of a Model 170, 170E or 2070 controller unit, a wired
cabinet and all auxiliary equipment required to control the system as shown on the plans, and as
specified in these special provisions. Model 170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the
requirements in ‘Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications,” (TEES) and “Traffic ,Signal
Control Equipment Specifications” (TSCES), issued by the State of California, Department of
Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising.
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, controller assembly cabinets (housing) shall be
Type 1 as shown in the TSCES. In addition to the requirements found in TEES and TSCES, Model
170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the following:
209-3.04 Controller Cabinets. Unless otherwise specified, controller cabinets for Model 170/2070
controllers shall conform to the following:
1) Controller cabinets shall be fabricated from aluminum sheet per the TSCES.
2) Controller cabinets shall have a single front door equipped with a Best Company lock
core and lock. No other manufacturers shall be accepted.
209-3.05
assembly for Model 170/2070 controllers:
Cabinet Accessories. The following accessories shall be furnish with each cabinet
1)
2)
Controller cabinets shall have a pull-out type document tray.
Each cabinet shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture mounted on the inside
top of the cabinet near the front edge. Fixture shall be provided with an F15T8, cool
white lamp operated from a normal power factor UL or ETL listed ballast. The “on-off”
switch for the lighting fixture shall be a door-actuated switch that turns the light on when
either door is open and off when either door is closed.
3) An uninterruptible power system (UPS) shall be installed in each cabinet using a swing-
away type mounting. The UPS shall be Clary SP 1000 series or approved equal and
shall provide a minimum of eight (8) hours of continuous red flash operation at
intersections using red LED signal indications and provide power conditioning to the
controller.
209-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FllTlNGS
209-4.01 Vehicle Signal Faces. Each vehicle signal face shall be of the adjustable type
conforming to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) Publication: ST-O08B, “Vehicle
Traffic Control Signal Heads.” Plastic signal sections shall meet the requirements of California Test
605. Any fracture within the housing assembly, or a deflection of more than 10 degrees in either the
vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed from the front of the signal face, or
a deflection of more than 6 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has
been removed from the back of the signal face will be considered structural failure. Vehicle signal
faces, except arrow and “X” faces, shall meet the requirements of California Test 604. Adjustment
shall permit’rotation of 360 degrees about a vertical ax’is. 0
%# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 89 of 136 Pacles
The number and type of sections shall be as specified herein or as shown on the plans.
Each vehicle signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all vehicle signal faces shall contain 3 sections
arranged vertically; red-top, yellow-center, green-bottom. All new vehicle signal faces, except
programmed visibility type, installed at any one intersection shall be of the same manufacture and of
the same material.
209-4.01A Optical Units. Each optical unit for green, yellow and red sections, circular ball or
arrow, shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-4.02, "Light Emitting Diode Signal Module".
209-4.01 B Signal Sections. Each signal section housing shall be structural plastic. Signal
sections shall conform to the following: 1. Maximum height of a signal section shall be 375 mm (143/4") for each 300 mm (12") section.
2. The housing of each signal section shall be provided with a one-piece, hinged, square-shaped door designed to permit access to the section for relamping without the use of tools.
3. The door shall be secured by a method that will hold the door closed during the loading tests
specified in this Section. 4. The lens shall be mounted in the door in a watertight manner.
5. All exposed hardware, such as hinge pins and door latching devices, shall be Type 304 or 305
stainless steel.
6. All interior screws and fittings shall be stainless steel.
7. An opening shall be provided in the top and bottom of each signal section to receive 40 mm
(I 1/211) pipe.
8. The 300 mm (12") signal sections of an individual manufacturer shall be capable of joining to form a signal face in any combination. This interchangeability is not required between metal and
plastic signal sections. All gaskets, including those for the door, lens, reflector and lamp holder, shall be made of a
material that is not affected when installed in a signal section with a metal or plastic housing that is operated continuously for 336 hours.
209-4.018(2) Plastic Signal Sections. Housings shall be either molded in one piece or shall be
fabricated from 2 or more pieces joined into a single piece. The plastic shall have ultraviolet stability,
shall be unaffected by the heat of the lamp used and shall be self-extinguishing. Housings and
doors shall be colored throughout and shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of
Federal Standard 595B. Each section in a face shall be joined to the adjacent section by one of the
following methods:
1. A minimum of 4 machine screws for 300 mm (12") sections, installed through holes near the
front and rear of the housings. Machine screws shall be No. 10 and each shall be provided with
a nut, flat washer and lock washer. Two machine screws (each with a nut, flat washer and lock washer) installed through holes near
the front of the housings, plus a fastening through the 40 mm (11/2") pipe openings. The
fastening shall consist of two large flat washers to distribute the load around the pipe opening
and three carriage bolts, each with a nut and lock washer. Minimum size of machine screws shall be No. 10. Minimum size of carriage bolt shall be 6 rnm ('/4"-20).
The supporting section of each signal face supported solely at the top or bottom shall be provided
with reinforcement. Reinforcement plates shall be either sheet aluminum, galvanized steel, or cast aluminum. Each plate shall be not less than 2.7 mm (0.1 10") thick and shall have a hole concentric
with the 40 mrn (11/2") pipe mounting hole in the housing. Sheet aluminum reinforcement plates shall be placed both inside and outside the housing; galvanized steel reinforcement plates shall be placed
inside only; and cast aluminum reinforcement plates shall be placed outside only. Reinforcement
plates placed outside of the housing shall be finished to match the color of the signal housing and
shall be designed to permit the proper serrated coupling between signal face and mounting
hardware. A minimum of three No. 10 machine screws shall be installed through holes in the plates
and matching holes in the housing. Each screw shall have a round or binder head and shall be
provided with a nut and lock washer.
9.
2.
4- rrs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 90 of 136 Paaes
Where a signal face is to be supported by a Type MAS side attachment slip-fitter inserted between
2 sections, a spacer or spacers shall be placed between the 2 sections. The vertical dimension of
spacers shall permit proper seating of the serrations between the slip-fitter and the 2 sections. Holes
in spacers shall align with the front holes in the section housings. In addition to the fastening through
the large openings in the housings, the 2 sections shall be joined with at least 2 machine screws
through holes near the front of the housings and the spacers, and through matching holes in a
reinforcing plate installed in each housing. Machine screws shall be No. 10 minimum size.
Spacers shall be made of the same material as the signal housings. Reinforcing plates and machine
screws shall be as specified above. Reinforcing plates will not be required where the housing is
provided with reinforcing webs connecting the rear of the housing with the top, bottom and sides.
Holes for machine screws shall be either cast or drilled during fabrication of the signal section.
Each hole shall be surrounded by a 3 mm (’/“‘) minimum width boss to permit contact between signal
sections about the axis of the hole. Each plastic signal face shall be provided with plastic or metal
visors. Plastic signal faces which require backplates shall be provided with plastic backplates.
A serrated nylon washer shall be inserted between each plastic signal section and a metal mounting
assembly. Each washer shall be not less than 4 mm (3/16ii) nor more than 6 mm (l/;) thick.
Serrations shall match those on the signal section and the mounting assembly.
209-4.01 C Electrical Components. Lamp receptacles and wiring shall conform to ITE Publications:
ST-008B. The metal portion of the medium base lamp socket shall be brass, copper or phosphor
bronze .
Each lamp receptacle shall be wired with a conductor, connected to the shell of the receptacle,
with black insulation or with insulation color-coded.
These conductors shall, in turn, be connected to a terminal block mounted inside at the back of the
housing. The terminal block shall have sufficient screw type terminals or NEMA type tab connectors
to terminate all field conductors and lamp conductors independently. The terminals to which field
conductors are attached shall be permanently identified or conductors shall be color coded to
facilitate field wiring.
Lamp receptacle conductors shall be No. 18 or larger, 600-V, appliance wiring material (AWM), with
0.75 mm (30 mil) thickness insulation rated 105°C or with insulation that conforms to the
requirements in Military Specification MIL-W-l6878D, Type B, with vinyl nylon jacket rated 11 5°C.
The manufacturer’s name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type letter designation and
temperature rating shall be marked on the insulation or a Certificate of Compliance conforming to the
provisions in Section 6-1.07, “Certification of Compliance”, shall be submitted by the manufacturer
with each shipment of traffic signal faces.
209-4.01D Visors. Each signal section shall be provided with a removable visor conforming to ITE
Publication: ST-008B. Visors are classified, on the basis of lens enclosure, as full circle, tunnel
(bottom open), or cap (bottom and lower sides open). Unless otherwise specified, visors shall be the
full circle type. The visor shall be a minimum of 240 mm (91/2‘‘) in length for nominal 300 mm (12“)
round lenses, with a downward tilt between 3 degrees and 7 degrees. Plastic visors shall conform to
the following:
1. Visors shall be either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from one or more injection,
rotational or blow molded plastic sections.
2. Sections shall be joined using thermal, chemical or ultrasonic bonding or with aluminum rivets
and washers permanently colored to match the visor.
3. Visors shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish.
4. Each visor shall be secured to its door in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent
deformation when the wind load specified in California Test 605 for plastic visors is applied to
the side of the visor for 24 hours.
4- a# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 PaQe 91 of 136 Paqes
209-4.02 Light Emitting Diode Signal Modules. Each light emitting diode (LED) signal module
shall be Type 2 and consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in
lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections and conform to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Each Type 2 LED signal module shall be designed to mount in the standard lamp socket
normally used with an incandescent lamp. When a Type 2 LED signal module is used, a
standard traffic signal lens in the doorframe shall be used or, at the option of the Contractor,
the standard lens may be replaced with a translucent or clear lens to seal the signal section
from weather. The installation of a Type 2 LED signal module shall not require any
modification to the standard lamp socket or reflector.
LED signal modules shall be from the same manufacturer, and each size shall be the same
model.
Type 2 LED signal modules shall be a sealed unit containing all components necessary for
operation except, at the option of the Contractor, use of a corresponding lens mounted in the
doorframe will be allowed.
Type 2 LED signal modules shall not require a specific mounting orientation or have a
variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any mounting orientation.
The LEDs utilized in the modules shall be Aluminum Indium Gallium Phosphide (AllnGaP)
technology for red indications and Gallium Nitride (GaN) technology for green indications, and
shall be the ultra bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40% to
+74".
The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in
the loss of not more than 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an
individual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or
indication.
209-4.02A Physical and Mechanical Requirements. LED traffic signal modules shall be designed
as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not require special tools for
installation. LED signal modules shall fit into existing traffic signal section housings without any
modification to the housing.
Installation of a LED signal module shall only require the removal of the optical unit components, Le.,
lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector; shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and
shall connect directly to electrical wiring.
The arrow modules shall meet or exceed specifications stated in Section 9.01 of the ITE Publication:
Equipment and Materials Standards, Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads) for arrow
indications. The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area.
209-4.02A(l) LED Signal Module Lens. The LED signal module shall be capable of replacing
the optical unit. The lens may be tinted or may use transparent film or materials with similar
characteristics to enhance ON/OFF contrasts. The use of tinting or other materials to enhance
ON/OFF contrasts shall not affect chromaticity and shall be uniform across the face of the lens. If a
polymeric lens is used, a surface coating or chemical surface treatment shall be used to provide front
surface abrasion resistance.
4= rr# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 92 of 136 Paqes
209-4.02A(2) Environmental Requirements. The LED signal module shall be rated for use in the
operating temperature range of -40% (-40") to +74% (+165"). The LED signal module shall be
protected against dust and moisture intrusion per the requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1 991 for
Type 4 enclosures to protect all internal components. The LED signal module lens shall be UV
stabilized and shall be capable of withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum
period of 60 months without exhibiting evidence of deterioration.
209-4.02A(3) Construction. The LED signal module shall be a single, self-contained device, not
requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing traffic signal housing. The power supply for
the LED signal module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the
LED signal assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported
to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources.
209-4.02A(4) Materials. Material used for the lens and signal module construction shall conform to
ASTM specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power
supply or electronic components of the signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant
materials. The lens of the signal module is excluded from this requirement.
209-4.02A(5) Module Identification. Each LED signal module shall have the manufacturer's name,
trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module. Each
individual LED signal module shall be identified with serial number for warranty purposes. The
following operating characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and
voltampere.
209-4.028 Photometric Requirements. The minimum initial luminous intensity values for
the modules shall be as stated in Table 209-4.028(1) and Table 209-4.028(3) at 25%. The modules
shall meet or exceed the illumination values as shown in Table 209-4.029(2) and Table
209-4.02B(4), throughout the useful life based on normal use in a traffic signal operation over the
operating temperature range. The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform
to the chromaticity requirements of Table 209-4.029(5), throughout the useful life over the operating
temperature range.
The LED signal modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical average
production units. Circular modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 604. All optical
testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a
visor or hood attached to the signal section.
The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area. Arrow modules
shall be tested according to California Test No. 3001. All optical testing shall be performed with the
module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a visor or hood attached to the signal
section. Each LED arrow signal section indication shall provide a minimum average luminous
intensity as listed in Table 209-4.02B(3). All measurements shall be performed at rated operating
voltage of 120 VAC.
4% %? Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 93 of 136 Pages
Table 209-4.02B(l)
Minimum Initial Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd)
12.5, e2.5
12.5, e7.5
17.5, Q.5
17.5, 27.5
17.5, k12.5
17.5. rt17.5
26 52
19 38
26 52
26 52
26 52
26 52
17.5, e2.5
17.5, Q7.5
0
24 48
19 38
e= %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 94 of 136 Pages
Table 209-4.02B(2)
Maintained Minimum Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd)
Red
Arrow Indication 5,500
Yellow & Green
11,000
Red
Arrow Indication 5,500
Table 209-4.02B(5)
Chromaticity Standards (CIE Chart)
Yellow & Green
11,000
Red
Yellow
Y: not greater than 0.308, or less than 0.998-x
Y: not less than 0.41 1, nor less than 0.995-x, nor less than
<3 Revised 10/08/03
Green
Contract No. 3849-1
0.452
Y: not less than 0.506-0.51 9x, nor less than 0.1 50+1.068x1
nor more than 0.730-x
Paoe 95 of 136 Paoes
209-4.02C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be
as listed in Table 209-4.026.
Temperature
300 mm circular
300 mm arrow
Table 209-4.02C
Maximum Power Consumption (in Watts)
Red Yellow Green
25% 74% 25% 74% 25'C 74'C
11 17 22 25 12 12
9 12 10 12 13 13
LED signal modules shall operate from a 60 Hz +3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 80 volts to
135 volts. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above.
The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity of the
indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 volts. The signal module on-board
circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients as stated
in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. LED signal modules shall be operationally
compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict
monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the
two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED signal modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 regulations concerning
the emission of electronic noise. The LED signal module shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or
greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED
signal module shall not exceed 20 percent.
209-4.02D Quality Assurance. LED signal modules shall be manufactured in accordance with
a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality
assurance: (1 ) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality
assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of
LED signal modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results documentation shall
be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years.
LED signal module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality
assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or
sold as conforming to this specification.
209-4.02D(l) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub-
assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to
the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies.
209-4.02D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality
Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED signal module prior to shipment. Failure to
meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty
purposes shall retain test results for seven years.
Each LED signal module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after burn-in. Burn-in period shall
consist of each signal module being energized at rated voltage for a 30 minutes stabilization period
before the measurement is made. A single point measurement with a correlation to the intensity
requirements of Table 209-4.02B(l) for circular modules may be used. The ambient temperature for
this measurement shall be +25% (+77").
p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 96 of 136 Paaes
Each LED signal module not meeting minimum luminous intensity requirements per Table
209-4.02B(l) or Table 209-4.028(3) shall be a cause for rejection.
Each LED signal module shall be tested for required power factor after burn-in.
Each LED signal module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after burn-in. The measured
current values shall be compared against current values resulting from design qualification
measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated
value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the
product labels.
Each LED signal modules shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly
anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches
(abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for
rejection.
209-4.02D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design Qualification testing shall be performed on
new LED signal module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an
existing design. The minimum sample quantity of LED signal modules shall be as stated for each
test. Failure to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random
sample of six LED signal modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent
on-time duty cycle, in a temperature of 74% (+165") before performing any design qualification
testing. Any failure within an LED signal module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection.
209-4.02D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED signal
modules shall be tested for rate initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements".
Before measurement, each LED signal module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent
on-time duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement
shall be 25% (77"). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage,
total harmonic distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement.
209-4.02D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED signal modules shall be measured for
chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric
Requirements." A spectra radiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature
for this measurement shall be 25% (77'F).
209-4.02D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for current flow in
amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality
Assurance current measurement on production modules.
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available
power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED modules shall be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially
available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical",
with reference to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15. 0
f# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 97 of 136 Paaes
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict
monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between
the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED signal module so
connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 volts to 135 volts
rms.
A sample of six LED modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the
procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per
MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force
of 2.5 Gs, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal
components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection.
Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL-STD-883,
Test method 101 0. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum
of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a
30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a
module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after
temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per NEMA
Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be
cause for rejection.
209-4.02D(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate
of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07,
"Certificates of Compliance," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that
the LED signal modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall
also include a copy of all applicable test reports on the LED signal modules.
LED signal modules shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year starting on the
day after the project is accepted by the Engineer. Modules that fail during this period shall be
replaced at no cost to the City, except that City forces will change out the modules in the field. The
replacement modules shall be delivered to the Public Works Department at 405 Oak Avenue within
five working days after notification. The failed modules will be made available to the Contractor at the
above address at the same time as the replacement is delivered.
The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for
the LED signal modules for a period of 36 months after installation of the modules. Replacement
modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have failed at no cost to the City
except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty documentation shall be given to the
Engineer prior to installation. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Public Works
Department at 405 Oak Avenue.
209-4.03 Directional Louvers. Where shown on the plans, directional louvers shall be furnished
and installed in signal visors. Directional louvers shall be so constructed as to have a snug fit in the
signal visors. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of 0.75 mm (0.030") nominal thickness, or
thicker, sheet steel and the vanes shall be constructed of 0.4 mm (0.016") nominal thickness, or
thicker, sheet steel or the cylinder and vanes shall be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum alloy of
equivalent thickness. Dimensions of louvers and arrangements of vanes shall be as shown on the
plans.
*= +$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 98 of 136 Pages
209-4.04 Backplates. Where shown on the plans, backplates shall be furnished and installed on
signal faces. Dimensions, materials and installation details shall be as shown on the plans. No
background light shall show between the backplate and the signal face or between sections. Plastic
backplates shall be supplied and either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from extruded,
molded or cast sections. Sections shall be factory joined using (1) an appropriate solvent cement,
(2) aluminum rivets and washers painted or permanently colored to match the backplate, or (3) No.
10 machine screws with washer, lock washer and nut, painted to match the backplate. Backplates
shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. Each plastic backplate shall
be secured to the plastic signal face in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent
deformation when the wind-load test is applied to either the front or the rear of the signal face. The
permanent deformation of any portion of the backplate shall not exceed 5 degrees forward or
backward after the wind loading has been applied for 24 hours.
When a plastic backplate requires field assembly, it shall be joined with at least four No. 10 machine
screws at each field assembled joint. Each machine screw shall be provided with an integral or
captive flat washer, a hexagonal head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and either (1) a locking nut
with an integral or captive flat washer, or (2) a nut, flat washer and lockwasher. Machine screws,
nuts and washers shall be stainless steel. Where a metal backplate consists of 2 or more sections,
the sections shall be fastened with rivets or with aluminum bolts peened after assembly to prevent
loosening. In lieu of the screws shown on the plans, plastic backplates may be fastened to the
plastic signal face using self-threading No. 10 stainless steel screws. The screws shall have an
integral or captive flat washer and a hexagon head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and shall be
stainless steel.
209-4.05 Programmed Visibility Vehicle Signal Faces. Each programmed visibility signal face
and the installation thereof shall conform to the provisions in Sections 209-4.01, “Vehicle Signal
Faces,” 209-4.03, “Backplates,” and 209-4.06, “Signal Mounting Assemblies,” except that the
provisions in Section 209-4.01 A, “Optical Units,” shall not apply. Each programmed visibility signal
section shall provide a nominal 300 mm (1 2“) diameter circular or arrow indication. Color and arrow
configuration shall conform to ITE Publication: ST-0089. Each section shall be provided with a cap
visor. Each signal section shall be provided with an adjustable connection that permits incremental
tilting from 0 to 10 degrees above or below the horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis
through couplers and mountings. Terminal connection shall permit external adjustment about the
mounting axis in 5 degree increments.
The signal shall be mountable with ordinary tools and capable of being serviced without tools.
Adjustment shall be preset at 4 degrees below the horizontal, unless otherwise specified.
The visibility of each programmed visibility signal face shall be capable of adjustment or
programming within the face. When programmed, each signal face’s indication shall be visible only
in those areas or lanes to be controlled, except that during dusk and darkness a faint glow to each
side will be permissible. Prior to programming, each signal section with a yellow indication shall
provide a minimum luminous intensity of 2500 cd on the optical axis, and a maximum intensity of
100 cd at 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Each signal section with a yellow indication shall be
capable of having its visibility programmed to achieve the following luminous intensities: a minimum
of 2500 cd on the optical axis, a maximum of 100 cd at from 0.5 to 2 degrees horizontal from the axis
and a maximum of 10 cd at from 2 to 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Under the same
conditions, the intensities of the red indication and the green indication shall be at least 19 and 38
percent, respectively, of the yellow indication. Each signal face or each signal section shall include
integral means for regulating its luminous intensity between limits in proportion to the individual
background luminance. Lamp intensity shall not be less than 97 percent of uncontrolled intensity at
10 000 Ix, and shall reduce to 15 percent of maximum intensity at less than 10 Ix. The dimming
device shall operate over an applied voltage range of 95 to 130 V, 60 Hz and a temperature range of
-40°C to 74°C. The Contractor shall program the head as recommended by the manufacturer and as
directed by the Engineer.
4- rrs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 99 of 136 Pages
209-4.06 Pedestrian Signal Faces. Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall be white
WALKING PERSON and Portland orange UPRAISED HAND conforming to the requirements of the
Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and
the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less than
250 mm (10") and the width of each symbol shall be not less than 165 mm (6'/;'). The luminance of
the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 (1,100 foot-lamberts), minimum, and the
luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 (1,550 foot-lamberts), minimum,
when tested in accordance with California Test 606.
The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance
area and the lowest luminance area. The luminance difference between a nonilluminated symbol
and the background around the symbol shall be less than 30 percent when viewed with the front
screen in place and at a low sun angle. Brightness measurements for signals designed for an
incandescent lamp will be made when the signal is equipped with an A-21 traffic signal lamp
operated at a voltage to produce 665 lumens. Each housing, including the front screen, shall have
maximum overall dimensions of 470 mm (181/2") width, 483 mm (19") height and 292 mm (l11/2'')
depth. All new pedestrian signal faces installed at any one intersection shall be the same make and
type. Each pedestrian signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner
shown on the plans.
209-4.06A Types. Pedestrian signal faces shall be Type A and shall conform to the following:
Each Type A signal shall consist of a housing, two-color message plate, a reflector assembly,
two light emitting diode modules conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.07, "Light Emitting
Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules", with sockets and a front screen. Each message plate shall be
one piece and shall be made 4.7 mm (3/16'1) tempered glass. The symbols shall be applied to the
inside smooth surface of the message plate. Each reflector assembly shall consist of a double
reflector or 2 single reflectors. Each reflector shall be made of either aluminum or plastic. All
reflectors shall conform to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers Publication: ST-O08B,
"Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads." Plastic reflectors shall consist of molded or vacuum-formed
plastic with a vacuum-deposited aluminum reflecting surface. The plastic material shall not distort
when the reflector is used with the lamp of the wattage normally furnished with the signal.
In addition, the UL nonmechanical loading temperature of the material shall exceed, by at least lO"C,
the maximum temperature in the signal section with the lamp "ON" and measured in an ambient air
temperature of 25°C in accordance with UL Publication UL 746B. Each completed reflector shall,
when operated with the appropriate lamp and lens, provide the message brightness specified.
209-4.068 Front Screen. The front screen provided on each Type A signal shall have a 38 mm
(1 1/2") deep eggcrate or 2-crate type screen of 0.8 mm (0.03") nominal thickness polycarbonate.
The screening shall be mounted in a frame constructed of 1 .O mm (0.04") minimum thickness
polycarbonate. The screen shall be installed parallel to the face of the message plate and shall be
held in place by the use of stainless steel screws.
The front screen shall not fracture, separate at the welds, or compress more than 3 mm ('/e'') when a
75 mm (3") diameter, 1.8-kg (41b.) steel ball is dropped onto the screen from a height of 1.2 m (4')
above the screen. The screen will be lying in a horizontal position and supported on its edges for this
test. The message plate will be removed from the pedestrian signal housing, when the pedestrian
housing is used to support the front screen during the test, so there will be no back support for the
screen. The screen and frame shall be fabricated from aluminum anodized flat black, or finished
with lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal
surfaces, or shall be fabricated from flat black plastic. Alternate methods of screening may be
substituted for the above screens provided that the results are at least equal to'those obtained with
the above specified screens as determined by the Engineer.
em gs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 100 of 136 Paaes
209-4.06C Housing. Pedestrian signal housings shall conform to the provisions in Section
209-4.01 B, "Signal Sections."
209-4.06E Finish. The exterior of each housing and visor and the interior of visors shall be painted
in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.1 6, "Painting."
209-4.06F
switching devices specified for traffic signal controller assemblies.
Control. All pedestrian signals shall be capable of being controlled by the solid-state
209-4.06G Terminal Blocks. Each pedestrian signal face shall be provided with a light duty
terminal block conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01 C, "Electrical Components." All field
wiring shall connect to this terminal block.
209-4.07 Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules For Type A pedestrian signal
faces, the pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall utilize light
emitting diode. Each light emitting diode (LED) pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking
Person" module shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in
lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in pedestrian signal faces and shall conform to the following:
1. LED Pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall be designed
to mount in the standard existing Type "A" Housing. Pedestrian signal face modules shall be
designed to mount behind or replace the existing face plate of existing Type "A" housing as
specified by the requirements of the ITE Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal
Indications" and the MUTCD. The design of the modules shall require a specific mounting
orientation.
LED pedestrian signal module used on this project shall be from the same manufacturer.
The circuit board and power supply shall be contained inside the module. Circuit boards shall
conform to Chapter 1, Section 6 of the "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications".
0 2.
3.
4. LED pedestrian signal modules shall fit into the existing type "A" housing and shall not require
a specific mounting orientation or have a variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any
mounting orientation.
5. The LEDs for "Upraised Hand" symbol shall utilize AllnGaP technology and shall be the ultra
bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40% to 74%.
6. The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in
the loss of not more then 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an
individual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or
indication.
7. The LED ped modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical
average production units. LED ped modules shall be tested according to California Test No.
610 and as described herein. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted
in a standard Type "A" Pedestrian Housing but without a visor or hood attached to the
housing.
8. The luminance of the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 minimum. The color of
UPRAISED HAND should be Portland orange conforming to the requirements of the institute
of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and
the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less
than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm.
4% ts Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 101 of 136 Pages
9. The luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 minimum. The color
of WALKING PERSON should be White conforming to the requirements of the Institute of
Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less
than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm.
10. The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest
luminance area and the lowest luminance area.
11. LED ped module shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months and shall maintain not
less than 85 percent of 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING
PERSON after 48 months of continuous use in a traffic signal operation over the temperature
range of -40% to +74%.
209-4.07A Physical And Mechanical Requirements. LED ped module traffic signal modules
shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not
require special tools for installation. LED ped module shall fit into existing traffic signal section
housings built to the VTCSH without modification to the housing. Installation of an LED ped module
shall require the removal of the lens, reflector and lamps.
209-4.07A(l) Environmental Requirements.
operating temperature range of -40% (-40") to +74% (+165").
LED ped modules shall be rated for use in the
209-4.07A(2) Construction. LED ped modules shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring
on-site assembly for installation into an existing Type "A" housing. The power supply for the LED ped
module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED ped
module assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to
withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources.
209-4.07A(3) Materials. Material used for the LED ped module construction shall conform to ASTM
specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power supply or
electronic components of the LED ped module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials.
209-4.07A(4) Module identification. Each LED ped module shall have the manufacturer's name,
trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module.
Each individual LED ped module shall be identified for warranty purposes. The following operating
characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt-ampere.
If a specific mounting orientation is required, each module shall have prominent and permanent
marking(s) for correct indexing and orientation within a signal housing. The marking shall consist of
an up arrow, or the word "UP" or "TOP". Type A Pedestrian Signal Face (Combination Raised
Handwalking Person section) housing without the reflector shall be utilized for LED combo modules.
209-4.078 Photometric Requirements. An LED ped module shall meet at least 85 percent of
the minimum 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING PERSON while
operating throughout the operating temperature range of -40% to 74%. The minimum initial
luminous intensity values for UPRAISED HAND LED ped modules shall be 3750 cd/m2 at 25%.
The minimum initial luminous intensity values for WALKING PERSON LED ped modules shall be
5300 cd/m2 at 25%. The measured chromaticity coordinates of LED ped modules shall conform to
the chromaticity requirements of Section 5.3.2.1 and Figure C of the VTCSH standards.
(3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 102 of 136 Pages
209-4.07C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be
as follows:
LED pedestrian signal modules shall operate from a 60 k3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 95
V to 135 V. The LED ped module circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range
specified above. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity
of the indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 V. The LED ped module
on-board circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients
as stated in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible
flicker to the unaided eye over the voltage range specified above. All wiring and terminal blocks shall
meet the requirements of Section 13.02 of ITE Publication: Equipment and Material Standards,
Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads). LED ped modules shall be operationally
compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict
monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the
two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED ped modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 regulations concerning
the emission of electronic noise. The LED ped module shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or
greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED
ped module shall not exceed 20 percent.
209-4.07D Quality Assurance. LED ped modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a
vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality
assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality
assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of
LED ped modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results documentation shall
be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. LED ped module designs not satisfying design
qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements
described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification.
209-4.07D(l ) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub-
assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to
the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies.
209-4.0713(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality
Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED ped module prior to shipment. Failure to meet
requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty
purposes shall retain test results for seven years. Each LED ped module shall be tested for rated
initial intensity after burn-in. Burn-in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at a
rated voltage for a 30 minute stabilization period before the measurement is made. Each LED ped
module not meeting 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING PERSON
luminous intensity requirements shall be cause for rejection. Each ped module shall be tested for
required power factor after burn-in. Each LED ped module shall be measured for current flow in
amperes after burn-in. The measured current values shall be compared against current values
resulting from design qualification measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be
recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the product labels. Each LED ped module shall be visually
inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to
the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for rejection.
p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 103 of 136 Paaes
209-4.07D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design qualification testing shall be performed on new
LED ped module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing
design. The minimum sample quantity of LED ped modules shall be as stated for each test. Failure
to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random sample of six LED
ped modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time duty cycle, in a
temperature of 74% (+165") before performing any design qualification testing. Any failure within an
LED ped module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection.
209-4.07D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED ped modules
shall be tested for rated initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements". Before
measurement, each LED ped module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent on-time
duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be
25% (77"). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage, total harmonic
distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement.
209-4.07D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED ped modules shall be measured for
chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric
Requirements." A spectraradiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature
for this measurement shall be 25% (77°F).
209-4.07D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for current flow in
amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality
Assurance current measurement on production modules.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available
power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED ped modules be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially
available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with reference
to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47,
Subpart B, Section 15.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict
monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between
the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED ped module so
connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 V rms to 135 V
rms.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the
procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per
MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force
of 2.5 g, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal
components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection.
4% r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 104 of 136 Pages
Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per MIL-STD-883,
Test method 101 0. The temperature range shall be per “Environmental Requirements”. A minimum
of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a
30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a
module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after
temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per NEMA
Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be
cause for rejection.
209-4.07D(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate
of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07,
“Certificates of Compliance,” of the Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that the LED
ped modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall also include a
copy of all applicable test reports on the LED ped modules.
209-4.07D(8) Guarantee. The Contractor shall guarantee LED ped modules for a period of one
year starting on the day after the Engineer accepts the project. Modules that fail during this period
shall be replaced at no cost to the City, except that City forces will change out the modules in the
field. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Engineer, or to the Public Works
Department at 405 Oak Avenue, within five working days after notification. The failed modules will be
made available to the Contractor at the above address at the same time as the replacement is
delivered.
209-4.07[>(9) Warranty. The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in
materials and workmanship for the LED ped modules for a period of 36 months after installation of
the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have
failed at no cost to the City except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty documentation
shall be given to the Engineer prior to installation.
209-4.08 Signal Mounting Assemblies. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of 40 mm (1 1/2n) standard weight steel galvanized pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53,
necessary fittings, slip-fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380, or bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters shall be cast
bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. Post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be
cast bronze, Type 356-T6 aluminum or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation, any
exposed threads of galvanized pipe brackets and all areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or
vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 21 0, “Paint and
Protective Coatings.” Aerosol cans shall not be used.
Each terminal compartment shall be fitted with a terminal block containing a minimum of 12 poles, each with 2 screw type terminals. Each terminal shall be designed to accommodate at least 5 No. 14
conductors. A cover shall be provided on the compartment to give ready access to the terminal
block. Where used to bracket mount signals, the terminal compartment shall be designed to bolt
securely to a pole or standard. The horizontal dimension of mounting assembly members between the vertical centerline of the terminal compartment or slip-fitter and the vertical centerline of each signal face, shall not exceed 280 mm (1 1”), except where required to provide proper signal face alignment or permit programming of programmed visibility signal faces or when otherwise directed by
the Engineer. Each mounting assembly shall be oriented to provide maximum horizontal clearance to the adjacent roadway. All mounting assembly members shall be either plumb or level, symmetrically arranged and securely assembled. Construction shall be such as to permit all conductors to be concealed. Mounting assemblies shall be watertight and free of sharp edges or
protrusions which might damage conductor insulation.
aS Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 105 of 136 Pages
For post-top mounting of signals, a slip-fitter shall be used. Slip-fitter shall fit over a 115 mm (4’/*“)
outside diameter pipe or tapered standard end. Each slip-fitter shall be provided with cadmium-
plated steel set screws, arranged as shown on the plans. Each slip-fitter used to post-top mount
signals with brackets shall be provided with an integral terminal compartment. Each mounting
assembly shall be provided with positive locking, serrated fittings, which when mated with similar
fittings on the signal faces shall prevent faces from rotating. Fittings shall permit fastening at
increments of not more than 7 degrees.
Signal faces shall not be installed at any intersection until all other signal equipment, including the
complete controller assembly, is in place and ready for operation at that intersection, except that the
signal faces may be mounted if they are not directed toward traffic or if they are covered.
209-4.09 Flashing Beacons. Each beacon shall consist of a single section traffic signal face,
conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01, “Vehicle Signal Faces,” with yellow or red lens as
shown on the plans. The beacon flasher unit shall be independent of the intersection flasher unit.
Reflective sheeting for W41 “Signal Ahead” signs, mounted on flashing beacons, shall be prismatic
lens reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade or equal).
209-4.09A Backplates. Each beacon shall be provided with a backplate conforming to the
requirements in Section 209-4.03, “Backplates.”
209-4.098 Visors. Each beacon shall be provided with a full circle type visor conforming to the
requirements in Section 209-4.01 D, “Visors.”
209-4.09C Flashing Beacon Control Assembly. Each flashing beacon control assembly shall
consist of switches, circuit breakers, terminal blocks, flasher, dimming relay, wiring and electrical
components necessary to provide proper operation of the beacons, all housed in a single enclosure.
209-4.09C(l) Enclosure. The enclosure shall be NEMA Type 3R, and shall be provided with dead
front panel and a hasp to permit padlocking of the cover. The padlock will be furnished by others.
The enclosure shall be hot-dip galvanized or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be provided with a
factory applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat.
209-4.09C(2) Circuit Breakers and Switches. A 15-A circuit breaker shall be installed to control
each ungrounded conductor entering the enclosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the sign
lighting circuit shall be provided. Switches shall be of the single-hole-mounting toggle type, single-
pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A, 120 V. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate
reading “Auto - Test” and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric
control circuit. A 15-A circuit breaker may be used in place of the toggle switch.
209-4.09C(3) Flasher. The flasher shall meet the requirements of Section 8, ‘Solid-State Flashers,”
of NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. The flasher shall be a solid-state device with no contact
points or moving parts. The flasher shall provide 2 output circuits to permit alternate flashing of
signal faces and shall be capable of carrying a minimum of 10 A per circuit at 120 V.
209-4.09C(4) Wiring. Conductors and wiring in the enclosure shall conform to the requirements in
Section 209-3.04C, “Cabinet Wiring.”
209-4.09C(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25 A, 600 V, shall be molded from
phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and integral
type marking strips.
4im r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 106 of 136 Pages
209-4.09(3(6) Dimming Relay. A heavy duty dimming relay shall be provided to reduce the voltage
to the lamps at night. Heavy duty relays shall be designed for continuous duty. Relays shall operate
during ambient temperatures from -1 8°C to 71 “C (0” to 160°F). Each relay shall operate in the 8-pin
Jones-type socket shown on the plans. Relays shall be provided with double-pole, double-throw
contacts. Contact points shall be of fine silver, silver-alloy, or superior alternative material. Contact
points and contact arms shall be capable of operation for 250,000 cycles with 20 A of tungsten load
per contact at 120 V, 60 Hz AC. Coils shall have a power consumption of 10 V-A or less and shall be
designed for continuous duty on 120 volts AC. Heavy duty relays shall be enclosed with a
removable, clear plastic cover.
209-5 DETECTORS
209-5.01 Vehicle Detectors. Vehicle detectors shall be the type or types shown on the plans.
All sensor units, control units, and amplifiers shall meet the requirements of California Test 675.
The units shall not be affected by transient voltages when tested in accordance with California Test
667. After a power interruption the units shall return to normal operation within one minute. Each
unit shall be provided with a light or meter, for each output circuit, to indicate when the detector is
detecting a vehicle. Each detector shall operate over the range of voltages from 100 volts to
135 volts at 60 Hz. Circuitry shall be solid-state except relays with normally closed contacts may be
used for the output circuit. Units shall be designed to provide ease of maintenance with easily
accessible electronic components. Each detector shall provide vehicle detection without
readjustment from -18°C to 71°C (0” to 160°F). Units shall use printed circuit boards designed to
facilitate identification of components. This shall be done by either part identification markings or by
providing a pictorial diagram showing physical location and identification of each component.
Each printed circuit board shall have the following minimum quality requirements: NEMA FR-4 glass
cloth base epoxy resin board, 1.5 mm (’/,6(L) minimum thickness, organic solder masking and gold
plated contacts. Intercomponent wiring shall be copper track with a minimum mass of 600 g/m2
(2 oZ/ft2). Printed circuit design shall be such that components may be removed and replaced
without permanent damage to boards or tracks. Splices shall conform to the provisions in Section
209-2.09, “Wiring.”
@
209-5.01A Inductive Loop Detectors. Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the following:
209-5.01 A(1) General. The term “inductive loop detector” applies to a complete installation
consisting of a loop or group of loops installed in the roadway, as shown on the plans, lead-in cable
and a sensor unit with power supply installed in a controller cabinet.
209-5.01 A(3) Sensor Unit Construction. “Card” type sensor units shall conform to the
requirements in “Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications,” issued by the State of California,
Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising.
Shelf mounted sensor units shall conform to the requirements in Section 11 of the NEMA Standards
Publication No. TS 1. Capacitors or inductors necessary for loop tuning shall not be mounted
external to the sensor unit.
209-5.01 A(4) Construction Materials. Conductor for each inductive loop detector shall be
continuous and unspliced and shall conform to one of the following:
1. Type 1 loop wire shall be Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE cross-linked
polyethylene insulated, No. 12, stranded copper wire. The minimum insulation thickness at any
point shall be 1 .O mm (40 mils).
Contract No. 3849-1 Page 107 of 136 Pages
0 2. Type 2 loop wire shall consist of a conductor inside of plastic tubing. The conductor shall be
Type THWN or Type XHHW, No. 14, stranded copper wire. The tubing shall be polyethylene or
vinyl, rated for use at 105"C, and shall be resistant to oil and gasoline. The tubing shall have a
maximum outside diameter of 7 mm (0.27") and a minimum wall thickness of 0.71 mm (0.028").
The conductors shall not be spliced inside the tubing.
Conductors for loop detector lead-in cable shall be 2 No. 16 (1 9 x 29) stranded tinned copper. Loop
detector lead-in cable shall conform to the calculated cross sectional area of ASTM Designation:
B 286, Table 1. The lead-in cable shall conform to one of the following:
1. Type B lead-in cable shall be insulated with 0.5 mm (20 mils) of high-density polyethylene. The
conductors shall be twisted together with at least 6 turns per meter and the twisted pair shall be
protected with a copper or aluminum polyester shield. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire
shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. The cable shall be
provided with a high-density polyethylene or high-density polypropylene outer jacket with a
nominal thickness of 0.8 mm (35 mils). An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier of
nonhydroscopic polyethylene or polypropylene fillers shall be provided.
2. Type C lead-in cable shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA)
Specification No. 50-2. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected
to the equipment ground within the cabinet.
209-5.01 A(5) Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and notes
shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conductor as
specified in Section 209-5.01 A(4), "Construction Materials." Slots cut in the pavement shall be
washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue resulting from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by public
traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows off of the pavement
surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way in
accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." After conductors are installed in the
slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with sealant to within 3 mm ('/8'r) of the pavement
surface. The sealant shall be at least 25 mm (1") thick above the top conductor in the saw cut.
Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of
solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to the following:
1. Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.- Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at
room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F).
Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt
concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt
rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 209-5.01 A(5)(B).
4-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 108 of 136 Pages
Measuring Standard (ASTM Results
Designation)
Cone ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max.
Conditions
25"C, 150 g, 5 s
Penetration
Flow, 60°C
Resilience
The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit.
Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt
sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the
pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Hot-melt sealant shall be packaged in
containers clearly marked "Detector Loop Sealant" and specifying the batch and lot number of the
manufacturer.
Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the nearest pull box.
The loops shall be joined in the pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum
sensitivity is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be
made until the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer.
All loop conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system, in the
same pull box, shall be spliced to a detector lead-in cable which shall be run from the pull box
adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. All loop conductors
for traffic monitoring shall terminate in a pull box or terminal strip in the traffic monitor station cabinet
when a cabinet of that type is installed. Conductors for inductive loop traffic signal and traffic
monitoring installations shall be identified and banded, in pairs, by lane, in the pull box adjacent to
the loops and near the termination of the conductors in the controller or traffic monitoring station
cabinet. Bands shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, "Wiring."
ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6
,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C
5 mm, max.
If asphalt concrete surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing
the uppermost layer of asphalt concrete. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans,
in the compacted layer of asphalt concrete immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation
details shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface.
Softening
Point,
D u cti I ity,
Flash Point,
COC, "C
Viscosity,
B roo kf ield
209-5.01 B Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detector System. Each emergency vehicle pre-
emption detector system shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special
provisions and shall consist of an optical emitter assembly or assemblies located on the appropriate
vehicle and an optical detector/discriminator assembly or assemblies located at the traffic signal.
Each system shall permit detection of Class II emergency vehicles. Class II emergency vehicles
ASTM D 36
ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25"C, 50 mm/min
ASTM D 92 288 "C, min.
ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa-s No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm,
82 "C, min.
1 90"C,
shall be capable of being detected at any range up to 2,500 feet from the optical detector. e
e- t@ Revised 10108103 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 109 of 136 Pages
209-5.01 B(1) Optical Emitter Assembly. Each optical emitter assembly shall consist of an emitter
unit, an emitter control unit and connecting cables and shall conform to the following:
Each optical emitter assembly, including lamp, shall be designed to operate over an ambient
temperature range of -34°C to 749 C at both modulation frequencies and to operate continuously at
the higher frequency for a minimum of 3,000 hours at 25~C ambient before failure of lamp or any
other component.
0
Each emitter unit shall be controlled by a single, maintained-contact switch on the respective emitter
control unit. The switch shall be capable of being positioned in a readily accessible location to the
vehicle driver. The control unit shall contain a pilot light to indicate that the emitter power circuit is
energized and shall be capable of generating only Class II modulating code.
Functional Requirements. Each emitter unit shall transmit optical energy in one direction only.
The signal from each emitter unit shall be capable of being detected at a distance of 2,500 feet when
used with a standard optical detection/discriminator assembly. The modulation frequency for Class II
signal emitters shall be 14.035 Hz k 0.003 Hz. The standard optical detection/discriminator assembly
to be used in conducting the range tests shall be available from the manufacturer of the system.
A certified performance report shall be furnished by the contractor with each assembly.
The emitter unit shall be configured with a grating to provide precise directionality control.
Electrical Requirements. Each optical emitter assembly shall be capable of providing full light
output with input voltages between 10 and 16 volts DC. An optical emitter assembly shall not be
damaged by input voltages up to 7.5 volts DC about the supply voltage. The optical emitter assembly
shall not generate voltage transient, on the input supply, which exceeds the supply voltage by more
than 4 volts. Each optical emitter assembly shall not consume more than 100 watts at 17.5 volts DC
and shall have a power input circuit breaker rated at 10 to 12 amperes, 12 volts DC.
The design and circuitry of each emitter unit shall permit its use on vehicles with either negative or
positive ground without disassembly or rewiring of the unit.
Mechanical Requirements. Each emitter unit shall be housed in a weatherproof, corrosion-
resistant housing. The housing shall be provided with facilities to permit mounting on various types
of vehicles and shall have provision for proper alignment of the emitter unit and for locking of the
emitter unit into proper alignment.
Each emitter control unit shall be provided with appurtenant hardware to permit its mounting in or on
an emergency vehicle or mass transit vehicle. Where required for certain emergency vehicles,
the emitter control unit and all exposed controls shall be weatherproof.
Each emitter shall include a multi-purpose port compliant with the SAE J1708 communication
standard to enable unit configuration to be set into the emitter and read from the emitter.
209-5.01 B(2) Optical Detection/Discriminator Assembly. Optical detection/discriminator assembly
shall consist of one or more optical detectors, connecting cable and a discriminator module and
conform to the following:
Each such assembly, when used with standard emitters, shall have a range of up to 2,500 feet for
Class II signals. Standard emitters for Class II signals shall be available from the manufacturer of the
system. Range measurements shall be taken with all range adjustments on the discriminator module
set to “maximum”.
4ii r,s Revised 10/08/03 contract No. 3849-1 Page 110 of 136 Pages
209-5.01 B(3) Optical Detector. Each optical detector shall be a waterproof unit capable of
receiving optical energy from one or two separately aimable directions. The horizontal angle between
the two directions shall be variable from 5 degrees to 180 degrees. The reception angle for each
photocell assembly shall be a maximum of 8 degrees in all directions about the aiming axis of the
assembly. Measurements of reception angle will be taken at a range of 2,500 feet for a Class II
emitter.
All internal circuitry shall be solid state and electrical power shall be provided by the associated
discriminator module.
Each optical detector shall be contained in a housing, which shall include one or two rotatable
photocell assemblies, an electronic assembly and a base. The base shall have an opening to permit
its mounting on a mast arm. Each optical detector shall weigh no more than 2.5 pounds and shall
present a maximum wind load area of 36 square inches. The housing shall be provided with weep
holes to permit drainage of condensed moisture. Each optical detector shall be installed, wired and
aimed as specified by the manufacturer.
209-5.01 B(4) Optical Detector Cable.
IPCEA-S-61-402/NEMA WC 5, Section 7.4, 600 volt control cable, 75’C, Type B and the following:
Optical detector cable shall meet the requirements of
The cable shall contain three conductors, each of which shall be AWG #20 (7x28) stranded, tinned
copper with low-density polyethylene insulation. Minimum average insulation thickness shall be
25 mils. The insulation of individual conductors shall be color coded as follows:
Yellow Detector Signal #1
Blue Detector Signal #2
Orange Power (+)
Bare (Drain) - Common or Ground
The shield shall be either tinned copper braid or aluminized polyester film with a nominal 20 percent
overlap. Where the film is used, a AWG #20 (7x28) standard, tinned, bare drain wire shall be place
between the insulated conductors and the shield and in contact with the conductive surface of the
shield
The jacket shall be black polyvinyl chloride with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 8OsC and a
minimum average thickness of 45 mils. The jacket shall be marked as required by IPCENNEMA.
The finished outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 0.3 inches.
The capacitance of the optical detector cable, as measured between any conductor and the other
conductors and the shield, shall not exceed 14.3 microfarads per 1000 feet. The characteristic
impedance of the optical detector cable shall be 0.6 ohms per 1000 feet.
209-5.01 B(5) Discriminator Module. Each discriminator module shall be designed to be
compatible and usable with Model 170 controller unit and to be mounted in the input file of a Model
332 controller cabinet, and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 1 of the State of California,
Department of Transportation, “Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications”, dated January
1989, and to all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertisement.
em
Revised 10/08103 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 11 1 of 136 Pages
of:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Each discriminator module shall be capable of operating one or two channels and shall be capable 0
Receiving Class II signals at a range of up to 2,500 feet.
Decoding the signal on the basis of frequency at 14.035 Hz & 0.003 Hz for Class II signals.
Establishing the validity of received signals on the basis of frequency and length of time received.
A signal shall be considered valid only when received for more than 0.50 seconds. No
combination of Class I signals shall be recognized as a Class II signal regardless of the number
of signals being received, up to a maximum of ten signals. Once a valid signal has been
recognized, its effect shall be held by the module in the event of temporary loss of the signal for a
period adjustable from 4.5 seconds to 1 1 seconds in at least 2 steps at 5 -t 0.5 seconds and 10 _+
0.5 seconds.
Providing an output for each channel that will result in “low” or grounded condition of the
appropriate input of a Model 170 controller unit. For Class II signals the output shall be steady.
Each discriminator module shall be powered from 11 5 volt (95 volts AC to 135 volts AC), 60 Hz
mains and will contain an internal, regulated power supply that supports up to twelve optical
detectors. Electric power, one detector input for each channel and one output for each channel,
shall terminate at the printed circuit board edge connector pins listed below. Board edge connector
pin assignments shall be as follows:
- Pins Function
A Ground
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
Channel A primary detector input
Detector 24 VDC power output
Channel A output, collector (+)
Channel A output, emitter (-)
Channel B primary detector input
Detector ground
Earth ground
AC - (in)
AC + (in)
Pins Function
P Not used
R
S Not used
T Notused
U Notused
V Detector ground
W
X
Y Not used
Z Not used
7
Detector 24 VDC power output
Channel B output collector (+)
Channel B output emitter (-)
Two auxiliary inputs for each channel shall enter each module through the front panel connector.
Pin assignment for the connector shall be as follows:
Pins Function 7 13
14
15
28
Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel A
Auxiliary detector 1 input, Chamel B
Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel B
Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel A
Each channel output shall be an optically isolated NPN open collector transistor capable of sinking
50 milliamperes at 30 volts and shall be compatible with Model 170 controller unit inputs.
Each discriminator module shall be provided with means of preventing transients received by the
detector from affecting the Model 170 controller assembly.
Each discriminator module shall have a single connector board, shall be capable of being inserted
into the input file of a Model 332 cabinet and shall occupy one slot width of the input file. The front
panel of each module shall have a handle to facilitate withdrawal and the following controls and
indicators for each channel:
em p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 11 2 of 136 Pages
1. A Command (High) and Advantage (Low) solid-state LED indicator for each channel to display
active calls.
2. A test switch for each channel to test proper operation of Command or Advantage priority.
3. A single confirmation light control output for each channel. These outputs shall be user
configurable through software for a variety of confirmation light sequences.
The front panel shall be provided with a single circular, bayonet-captured, multi-pin connector for two
auxiliary detector inputs for each channel. Connector shall be a mechanical configuration equivalent
to a D-Shell 44-Pin front panel.
Wiring for a Model 332 cabinet shall conform to the following:
Slots 12 and 13 of the input file “J” shall be wired to accept a two-channel module. Field wiring for
the primary detectors, except 24-volt DC power, shall terminate on either terminal board TB-9 in the
controller cabinet or on the rear of input file “J”, depending on cabinet configuration. Where TB-9 is
used, position assignments shall be as follows:
Position
4
Ass i q n me n t
Channel A detector input, 1 st module (Slot J-12)
5 7
8
Channel B detector input, 1 St module (Slot J-12)
Channel A detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) Channel B detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13)
The 24 volt cabinet DC power shall be available at Position 1 of terminal board TB-1 in the controller
cabinet.
All field wiring for the auxiliary detectors shall terminate on terminal board TB-0 in the controller cabinet. Posizon assignmentsare as follows:
Position Assiqnment
7 +24VDC from IJ-13E)
0
8 Detector ground from (J-l3K)
9
10
11 12
Channel A auxiliary detector input 1
Channel A auxiliary detector input 2 Channel B auxiliary detector input 1
Channel B auxiliary detector input 2
The contractor shall demonstrate that all of the components of the system will perform satisfactorily as a system. Satisfactory performance shall be determined using the following test procedure:
1. Each system to be used for testing shall consist of an optical emitter assembly, an optical
detector, at least 200 feet of optical detector cable and a discriminator module.
2. The discriminator modules shall be installed in the proper input file slot of Model 332 controller cabinet. The controller cabinet, together with a Model 170 controller unit with the appropriate
operating program, a Model 210 monitor unit and 120 volt AC power, will be available as shown
on the plans and as indicated elsewhere in these special provisions.
3. One test shall be conducted using a Class II signal emitter and a distance of 2,500 feet between
the emitter and the detector. All range adjustments on the module shall be set to “Maximum” for
each test. 4. Each test shall be conducted for a period of one hour, during which the emitter shall be operated
for 30 cycles, each consisting of a one minute “on” interval and a one minute “off interval. During the total test period: (A) the emitter signal shall cause the proper response from the Model
170 controller unit during each “on” interval and (B) there shall be no improper operation of either
the Model 170 controller unit or the monitor during each “off” interval.
4- kg Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 11 3 of 136 Pages
209-5.OlC Video Detection System. The video detection system shall consist of one (1) video camera and one (1) video detection processor (VDP) for each vehicle approach, unless otherwise
specified on the plans. The system shall include software that detects vehicles in multiple lanes
using only the video image. Detection zones shall be defined using only a video menu and a pointing device to place zones on a video image. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be
available.
209-5.01C(l) Functional Requirements. The VDP shall process video from a single source.
The source can be a video camera or a video tape player. The video shall be input to the VDP in RSl70 format and shall be digitized and analyzed in real time. The VDP shall detect the presence of vehicles in up to 24 detection zones per camera. A detection zone shall be approximately the width
and length of one car. Detection zones shall be programmed via a menu displayed on a video monitor and a pointing device connected to the VDP. The menu shall facilitate placement of the detection zones and setting of zone parameters. A separate computer shall not be required for programming detection zones or to view system operations. The VDP shall store up to three
different detection zone patterns. The VDP shall be able to switch to any one of the three different detection zone patterns within one second of user request via menu selection with the pointing device. The VDP shall detect vehicles in real time as they travel across each detection zone.
The VDP shall have an RS-232 port for communications with an external computer. The VDP shall accept new detector patterns from an external computer through the RS-232 port when that
computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for downloading detector patterns. The VDP
shall send its detector patterns to an external computer through the RS-232 port when requested when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for uploading detector patterns. A Windows-based software program designed for local or remote connection and providing video capture, real-time detection indication and detection zone modification capability shall be provided
with the system.
The camera system shall be able to transmit an NTSC video signal, with minimal signal degradation,
up to 300m (1 000 ft).
The VDP shall default to a safe condition, such as a constant call to each active detection channel, in the event of unacceptable interference in the video signal.
The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low visibility condition such as fog and
respond by placing all defined detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected output shall be active during the low visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if connected to the appropriate controller input modifier(s). The system shall automatically revert to
normal detection mode when the low visibility condition no longer exists.
209-5.01 C(2) Operational Requirements. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be
supported and each detection zone can be sized to suit the conditions and the desired vehicle
detection region. A single detection zone shall be capable of replacing multiple loops and the detection zone may be AND’ed or OR’ed together to indicate vehicle presence on a single phase of traffic movement. Placement of detection zones shall be done by using a pointing device and a
graphical interface built into the VDP and displayed on a video monitor. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to three detection zone patterns shall be saved within the VDP memory and this memory shall be preserved during power outages. The selection of the detection zone pattern for current use shall be done through a menu system. It shall be possible to activate a detection zone pattern for a camera from VDP memory and have the detection zone
pattern displayed within one second of activation. When a vehicle is detected crossing a detection
zone, the detection zone will flash a symbol on the screen to confirm the detection of the vehicle. Detection shall be at least 98% accurate in good weather conditions and at least 96% accurate under adverse weather conditions (rain, snow or fog).
Detector placement shall not be more distant from the camera than a distance of fifteen times the
mounting height of the camera.
*w p,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 114 of 136 Pages
The VDP shall provide up to eight channels of vehicle presence detection through a NEMA TSl port. The VDP shall provide dynamic zone reconfiguration (DZR) to enable normal detector operation of existing zones except the one being added or modified during the setup process. The VDP shall
output a constant call on any detection channel when the corresponding zone is being modified.
Detection zone outputs shall be configurable to allow the selection of presence, pulse, extend and
delay outputs. Timing parameters of pulse, extend, and delay outputs shall be user definable
between 0.1 and 25.0 seconds. Up to six detection zones shall be capable of counting the number of vehicles detected. The count value shall be internally stored for later retrieval through the RS-232
port. The data collection interval shall be user definable in periods of five, fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes.
209-5.01C(3) Hardware Requirements. The VDP shall be housed in a durable metal enclosure suitable for shelf mounting in the side rails of the controller cabinet. The VDP enclosure shall not exceed 180mm (7.1 in) in length and 157mm (6.2 in) in depth. The VDP shall operate satisfactorily
in a temperature range of -34°C to +74"C (-29°F to +165"F) and a humidity range of O%RH to 95%
RH, non-condensing. The VDP shall be powered by 24 volts DC. VDP power consumption shall not exceed 10 watts. The VDP shall include an RS-232 port for serial communications with a remote computer. This port shall be a 9-pin "D" subminiature connector on the front of the VDP. The front of
the VDP shall include one BNC video input connection suitable for RS170 video inputs. The video input shall include a switch-selectable 75-ohm or high impedance termination to allow camera video to be routed to other devices, as well as input to the VDP for vehicle detection. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video output providing real time video output that can be routed to other
devices.
209-5.01C(4) Video Detection Camera. The video camera shall be furnished by the VDP supplier
and shall be qualified by the supplier to ensure proper system operation. The camera shall produce useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range of night time to day time but not less than the range of 0.1 lux to 10,000 lux. The camera shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output monochrome video
with resolution of not less than 380 lines vertical and 380 lines horizontal. The camera shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with a factory adjusted manual iris.
The camera shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier. The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 8.1" to 45.9". A single camera configuration shall be used for
all approaches in order to minimize setup time and spares required by the user. The camera electronics shall include AGC to produce a satisfactory image at night.
The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure. The camera enclosure shall be able to rotate to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sun shield. The sun shield shall include a provision
for water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure
with sun shield shall be less than 170mm (6 in) in diameter, less than 380mm (15 in) long, and shall weigh less than 13.3kg (6 pounds) when the camera and lens are mounted inside the enclosure. The camera enclosure shall include a thermostatically controlled heater to assure proper operation of the lens at low temperatures and to prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the enclosure.
When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of -34°C to +60°C (-29°F to +140°F) and a humidity range of 0% RH to 100% RH. The camera shall be powered by 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Power consumption shall be 15 watts or
less under all conditions. a
em kp Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 1 15 of 136 Pages
Recommended camera placement height shall be 10m (33 ft) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection, the camera should be
centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed 1 OOm (350 ft) for reliable detection (height:distance ration of 1O:lOO). Camera placement and field of view shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the
supplier.
The camera enclosure shall be equipped with separate, weather-tight connections for power and
video cables at the rear of the enclosure. These connections may also allow diagnostic testing and
viewing of the video signal at the camera while the camera is installed, using a lens adjustment module supplied by the VDP supplier. Video and power shall not be connected within the same
connector. The video signal output by the camera shall be black and white in RS170 or CClR
format. The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling.
209-5.01 C(5) Installation Requirements. The coaxial cable to be used between the camera and
the VDP in the controller cabinet shall be Belden 8281 or a 75 ohm, precision video cable with 20 gauge solid bare copper conductor (9.9 ohms/M), solid polyethylene insulating dielectric, 98% (min) tinned copper double-braided shield and black polyethylene outer covering. The signal
attenuation shall not exceed 0.78 dB per 30m (1 00 ft) at 10 MHz. Nominal outside diameter shall be
8mm (0.304 in). The coaxial cable shall be a continuous, unbroken run from the camera to the VDP. This cable shall be suitable for installation in conduit or overhead with appropriate span wire. 75 ohm BNC plug connectors shall be used at both the camera and controller. The coaxial cable,
BNC connector and crimping tool shall be approved by the supplier of the video detection system, and the manufacturer’s instructions must be followed to ensure proper connection. The power cabling shall be 16 AWG three conductor cable. The cabling shall comply with the National Electric Code, as well as local electrical codes. Cameras may acquire power from the luminaire if necessary.
The video detection system shall be installed by supplier factory certified installers and as recommended by the supplier and documented in the installation materials provided by the supplier. Proof of factory certification shall be provided.
209-5.01C(6) Warranty. The supplier shall provide a limited two year warrant on the video detection system. See supplier’s standard warranty included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale documentation. During the warranty period, technical support shall be available from the supplier via
telephone within four hours of the time a call is made by the user. This support shall be made available from factory certified personnel or factory certified installers. During the warranty period, updates to the VDP software shall be made available from the supplier without charge.
209-5.01 C(7) The supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of parts to support maintenance and repair of the video detection system. These parts shall be made
available for delivery within 30 days of placement of an acceptable order at the supplier’s current pricing and terms of sale for said parts. The supplier shall maintain an ongoing program of technical support for the video detection system. This technical support shall be available via telephone, or via personnel sent to the installation site upon placement of an acceptable order at the supplier’s current
pricing and terms of sale for on site technical support services. Installation or training support shall be provided by a factory authorized representative. All product documentation shall be written in the English language. The contractor shall ensure the presence of a factory authorized representative at
the time of traffic signal turn-on.
Maintenance and Support.
209-5.02 Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies. Where shown on the plans, pedestrian push button assemblies of substantial tamper-proof construction and signs shall be furnished and installed. The housing shall be either die-cast or permanent mold cast aluminum, or when specified
shall be ultraviolet stabilized, self-extinguishing structural plastic. Plastic housings shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard No. 595B, and shall be colored throughout. The assemblv shall be rainmoof and shall be shockmoof in anv weather condition. The pedestrian push buttoh switch shall be a pole, double-throw, switching unit, with screw have the following characteristics:
phenolic enclosed precision snap-acting type, single- type terminals, rated 15 A at 125 volts AC, and shall @
4- %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 11 6 of 136 Pages
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Switching unit shall have a stainless steel plunger actuator and shall be provided with U-frame
to permit recessed mounting in push button housing.
Switch shall have an operating force of 2.5 N (9 02.) to 3.6 N (13 02.) and a minimum release
force of one newton (4 02.).
Pretravel shall be 0.4 mm (1/64") maximum.
Over travel shall be 6 mm (7/3266) minimum.
Differential travel shall be 0.01 mm (0.0004") to 0.05 mm (0.002").
Actuator shall have a minimum diameter of 50 mm (2").
Where a pedestrian push button is attached to a pole, the housing shall be shaped to fit the
curvature of the pole and secured to provide a rigid installation. Saddles shall be provided to make a
neat fit when required. Where a pedestrian push button is to be mounted on top of a Size 65 (2'/;')
diameter post, the housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter fitting and screws for securing rigidly to
the post. Pedestrian push button signs shall be porcelain enameled metal or structural plastic. Push
button and sign shall be installed on the crosswalk side of the pole. Arrows on push button signs
shall point in the same direction as the corresponding crosswalk. Where Type A push buttons are
specified, each push button assembly shall be equipped with red and green indicator lamps. Lamps
shall be so connected that, when the push button has been activated, the red lamp shall be
energized and continue so until the next pedestrian walk interval, at which time the green lamp shall
be energized in lieu of the red lamp. At the termination of the pedestrian walk interval, the lamps
shall be de-energized until the next actuation of the push button. Lenses for the lamps shall have a
visible diameter of approximately 32 mm (1'/4'') and a length of approximately 22 mm (7/<). On the
Type A or Type B push button assembly, the sign shall attach to and be securely supported by the
framework. With Type C pedestrian push buttons, the instruction sign shall be mounted, using 2
straps and saddle brackets, on the same standard as the push button assembly. Straps and saddle
brackets shall be as shown on the plans and shall be corrosion-resisting chromium nickel steel
conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 167, Type 302. Bolts shall be stainless
steel with a chromium content of at least 17 percent and a nickel content of at least 8 percent.
Bolts shall NOT be theft-proof.
209-6 LIGHTING
209-6.01 High Pressure Sodium Luminaires. High pressure sodium luminaires shall be the
enclosed type with a horizontal burning lamp. Luminaires shall be the cutoff type. Each luminaire
shall consist of a housing, a reflector, a refractor or a lens, a lamp socket, an integral ballast, a
terminal strip and a lamp. Housings shall be fabricated from aluminum. Housings that are painted
shall withstand a 1000-hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM Designation: B 117. All other metal
parts of the housing shall be fabricated from metal at least equal in corrosion resistance and finish to
the metal in the housing. Each housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter capable of mounting on a
50 mm (2") pipe tenon and of being adjusted 5 degrees from the axis of the tenon. The clamping
brackets of the slip-fitter shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the +5
degree range. No part of the slip-fitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a
permanent set in excess of 0.5 mm (0.020") when the four 10 mm (3/8i') diameter cap screws used for
mounting are tightened to 13 N.m (10 ft/lbs.). All luminaires to be mounted on horizontal mast arms,
when tested in accordance with California Test 61 1, shall be capable of withstanding cyclic loading in
(G = Acceleration of Gravity):
1. a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading
(same as 1.5 G peak) with the internal ballast removed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without
failure of any luminaire parts.
a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a minimum peak
acceleration level of 1.5 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as 0.75-G peak) with the
internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts.
2. 0
e= $4 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 1 17 of 136 Pages
3. a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 1 .O G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading
(same as 0.5-G peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without
failure of any luminaire parts.
Lamp Lamp
s55 150
S66 200
S50 250
S67 31 0
S51 400
ANSI Code No. Wattage
Each mast arm mounted luminaire shall be furnished with a photoelectric unit receptacle. If a
photoelectric unit receptacle is included and the plans call for the omission of a photoelectric unit , a
raintight shorting cap shall be installed. The surface of each reflector shall be specular and shall be
protected by either an anodized finish or a silicate film. The reflector shall be shaped so that a
minimum of light is reflected through the arc tube of the lamp. Each refractor or lens shall be
mounted in a frame that is hinged to the housing and secured with a spring-loaded latch. Each
refractor shall be made of glass or polycarbonate plastic. Each lens shall be made of heat and
impact resistant glass. The optical system, consisting of the reflector, refractor or lens, lamp socket
and lamp, shall be in a sealed chamber. Sealing shall be provided by a gasket between the reflector
and refractor or lens and a gasket between the reflector and lamp socket. The chamber shall have
provision for filtered flow of air in and out of the chamber due to lamp heat. Filtering shall be
accomplished by either a separate filter or a filtering gasket. Each lamp socket shall be a porcelain
enclosed mogul-multiple type. The shell shall contain integral lamp grips to assure electrical contact
under conditions of normal vibration. The socket shall be mounted in the luminaire in a manner to
permit pre-setting a variety of specified light distribution patterns. The socket shall be rated for
1500 W and 600 V, and shall be rated for a 4-kV pulse. When the components are mounted on a
down-opening door, the door shall be hinged and secured to the luminaire housing separately from
the refractor or flat lens frame. The door shall be easily removable and replaceable. The door shall
be secured to the housing in a manner to prevent its accidental opening when the refractor or flat
lens frame is opened. Field wires connected to the luminaire shall terminate on a barrier type
terminal block secured to the housing. The terminal screws shall be captive and equipped with wire
grips for conductors up to No. 6. Each terminal position shall be clearly identified. The minimum
light distribution for each luminaire shall be as shown on the isolux diagrams on the plans. The
maximum brightness of each cutoff luminaire, with the lamp indicated, shall be as Table 209-6.01 (A):
Maximum Brightness
(cd/m2)
140
140
175
210
260
Brightness readings will be taken using a brightness meter with an acceptance angle of 1.5 degrees.
When measured on the 90-degree and 270-degree lateral angle line, the maximum brightness shall
not exceed the above specified brightness when the meter is located at a horizontal distance of 37 m
(120') and a vertical distance of 2.3 m (7.5') between the luminaire and the meter, or at an angle of 3
degrees 35 minutes from the horizontal to the line between the luminaire and the meter.
Measurements shall be made from both the 90-degree line and the 270-degree line and averaged.
The lamp used for each test shall be operated at the wattage necessary to produce a light output as
shown in Table 209-6.01 (B):
e= &$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 1 18 of 136 Pages
TABLE 209-6.01 (B)
LAMP WAlTAGE VERSUS LIGHT OUTPUT
Lumens I Lamp Wattage
16 000 150
0
37 000 I 31 0
50 000 I 400
209-6.01A High Pressure Sodium Lamp Ballasts. Each ballast shall be designed for the type,
characteristics and wattage of the lamp it is to operate and it shall provide the proper starting and
operating waveforms, voltage and current. Ballasts shall provide reliable lamp starting and operation
at ambient temperature down to -30°C for the rated life of the lamp. Ballasts shall be designed for
continuous operation at ambient air temperatures from -20°C to 25°C without reduction in ballast life.
Ballasts shall have a design life of not less than 100,000 hours. Ballasts shall be designed to
operate for at least 180 cycles of 12 hours on and 12 hours off, with the lamp circuit in an open or
short-circuited condition and without measurable reduction in the operating requirements. Ballasts
shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C82.6-1980, “Methods of Measurement
of High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts.” Starting aids for ballasts of a given lamp wattage shall
be interchangeable between ballasts of the same wattage and manufacturer without adjustment.
A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, “Certification,” shall be
submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of integral ballast luminaires and with each lot of ballasts
designed for use outside of luminaires. The certificate shall state that the lot of ballasts meets, in
every respect, the above requirements and the lamp-ballast specifications of the lamp manufacturer.
The input voltage for ballasts shall be as shown on the plans or as specified in these special
provisions. Each integral ballast shall consist of separate components, each of which shall be
capable of being easily replaced. A starting aid which is encapsulated will be considered as a single
component. Each component shall be provided with screw terminals, NEMA tab connectors or a
single multi-circuit connector. All conductor terminals shall be identified as to the component
terminal to which they connect. Heat-generating components shall be mounted so as to use the
portion of the luminaire upon which they are mounted as a heat sink. Capacitors shall be located as
far as practicable from heat-generating components or shall be thermally shielded to limit the case
temperature to 75°C.
Transformers and inductors shall be resin-impregnated for protection against moisture. Capacitors,
except those in starting aids, shall be metal cased and hermetically sealed. Ballasts to be located
remote from the luminaire shall be the submersible type and shall conform to the requirements in
Section 209-6.09C, “Submersible Type Transformers.” All components, including starting aid, shall
be enclosed in a single housing. Ballast leads shall extend a minimum of 300 mm (12“) from the
case. Steel housings shall be galvanized or painted. Ballast housings shall be clearly labeled to
indicate lamp type, lamp wattage and input voltage. Ballasts for high-pressure sodium lamps shall
have a ballast characteristic curve which will intersect both of the lamp-voltage limit lines between the
wattage limit lines and remain between the wattage limit lines throughout the full range of lamp
voltage. This requirement shall be met not only at the rated input voltage of the ballast, but also at
the lowest and highest input voltage for which the ballast is rated. Throughout the lifetime of the
lamp, the ballast curve shall fall within the specified limits of lamp voltage and wattage. Ballasts for
luminaires to be mounted on mast arms, brackets or lowering assemblies shall be located within the
luminaire housing.
Cnntrart Nn 1849-1 Paae 1 19 of 136 Paoes
209-6.01 A(l) Regulator Type Ballasts.
1.
2.
Regulator type ballasts shall conform to the following:
For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary more than
7.5 percent from rated lamp watts.
The ballast shall be designed so that a capacitance variance of & percent will not cause more
than a k8 percent variation in lamp wattage regulation throughout rated lamp life for nominal
input voltage.
The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of k10 percent at
any lamp voltage from initial through life.
3.
Regulator type ballasts shall be lag-type or lead-type conforming to the following:
1. Lag-Type Regulator Ballasts.- Each lag-type regulator ballast shall have the primary and
secondary windings electrically isolated and, when operated with the appropriate lamp, shall
have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation:
a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent throughout the life of the lamp at
b) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not
2. Lead-Type Regulator Ballasts.- Each lead-type regulator ballast (CWA-constant wattage auto-
regulator) shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the following characteristics and
shall maintain the following lamp operation:
nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp.
vary by more than 18 percent for +lo percent input voltage variation.
a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at
nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp.
b) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not
vary by more than 30 percent for +lo percent input voltage variation.
209-6.01 A(2) Autotransformer or Reactor Type Ballasts. Each nonregulating reactor,
autotransformer, or high reactance ballast shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the
following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operations:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at nominal line
voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp.
Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not vary by
more than 25 percent for +5 percent input voltage variation.
For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary more than
7.5 percent from rated lamp watts.
The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of +5 percent at any
lamp voltage from initial through life.
209-6.018 High Pressure Sodium Lamps. High pressure sodium lamps shall conform to the
ANSI Standard: C 78, “Lamp Specifications, Physical and Electrical Characteristics of High-lntensity-
Discharge Lamps,” when tested in accordance with ANSI Standard: C 78.388, “Methods of
Measurement of High Pressure Sodium Lamp Characteristics.” High-pressure sodium lamps shall
have a minimum average rated life of 24 000 hours.
209-6.06 Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs. Internally illuminated street name signs shall
conform to the details shown on the plans. The general design of signs shall be as shown on the
plans. Minor details of construction shown are typical and may be modified subject to approval by
the Engineer. The sign fixture shall be designed and constructed to prevent deformation or failure
when subjected to 11 3 km/h (70mph) wind loads as set forth in the AASHTO publication, “Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports of Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals,” and
amendments thereto. The sign panels shall not deform or warp under a 113 km/h (70 mph) wind
loading. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1 5, “Certification,”
shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of internally illuminated street name signs.
6$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 120 of 136 Pages
The certificate shall state that the internally illuminated street name signs meets the wind load
requirements as described above. All material used in fabrication shall be new. If not covered
herein, both the material and workmanship shall be of the best quality consistent with the intended
purpose. All ferrous parts shall be galvanized or cadmium plated, unless otherwise specified herein
or shown otherwise on the plans. Signs shall be Type B. Additionally all Internally Illuminated Street
Name Signs shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Housing.- The top and bottom shall be formed or extruded aluminum and shall be attached to
formed or cast aluminum end fittings. The design shall provide continuous sealing between top
and bottom assemblies and the end fittings. The housing shall be rigidly constructed to resist
torsional twist and warp. Provisions shall be made for ease of maintenance of all components.
The opening or removal of one panel shall permit access to the interior of the sign and allow for
replacement of lamps, ballasts and fuses. Tvpe IV photoelectric unit sockets shall be provided.
On Type B signs, the sign panels shall be slide-mounted into the housing.
Reflectors.- At the option of the Contractor, reflectors may be used to provide the required sign
brightness. Reflectors, if used, shall be formed aluminum with acrylic baked white enamel
surface having a minimum reflectance of 0.85.
Sign Panels.-The sign panels shall be slide-mounted or rigid mounted in a frame, with white
legend, symbols, arrows, and border on each face, as shown on the plans. The background
shall be green. The entire surface of the siqn panel shall fabricated with prismatic, cube corner
reflective sheetinq (Diamond Grade or equal) and shall be evenly illuminated. The average of
brightness readings for the letters shall be 500 cdlm2 (1 50 foot-lamberts), minimum. The light
transmission factor of the sign panel shall provide a letter to background brightness ratio of
between 10 to 1 and 20 to 1. The luminance of the background shall not vary by more than 40
percent from the average of background brightness reading. The luminance of the letters,
symbols and arrows shall not vary by more than 20 percent from the average brightness reading
of letters, symbols and arrows. The sign panels shall be translucent panels of high impact
resistant plastic of one of the following types:
2.
3.
a) Glass fiber reinforced acrylated resin.
b) Polycarbonate resin.
c) Cellulose acetate butyrate plastic.
d) Paint on the outside of the plastic shall be protected by a plastic film which shall seal
the front surface of the panel and filter out ultraviolet radiation. Paint shall be acrylic
plastic type.
e) All surfaces shall be free of blemishes in the plastic or coating that may impair the
serviceability or detract from the general appearance and color matching of the sign.
f) The white or green color shall not fade or darken when the sign is exposed to an
accelerated test of ultraviolet light which is equivalent to 2 years of outdoor exposure. The
green color of the sign, when not illuminated, shall conform to Color No. 14109 of Federal
Standard 595B.
g) The sign panels shall not crack or shatter when a 25.4 mm (1") diameter, steel ball with
a mass of 67 grams (4 02.) is dropped from a height of 2.6 m (8.5') above the sign panel to
any point of the sign panel. The panels shall be lying in a horizontal position and
supported within their frame for this test.
4. Gaskets.- On Type A signs, gaskets shall be installed between the sign panel frame and the
fixture housing to prevent the entrance of water between the frame and the fixture housing.
Gaskets shall be uniform and even textured and shall be the closed cell, sponge neoprene type,
designed for use at temperatures between -20°C(-4"F) and +70°C (158°F). Gaskets shall be
neatly applied to thoroughly degreased, clean surfaces with a suitable heat-resistant adhesive
which will not allow the gaskets to slip at temperatures between -20°C and +70°C.
4- r,s Revised 10108103 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 121 of 136 Pages
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
1
Ballasts.- Ballasts shall be of the high power factor type and shall be capable of starting the
lamps at -20°C (-4°F) and above. Ballasts for Type A signs shall be rated at 200 mA. Ballasts for Type B signs shall be rated at 430 mA. Ballasts shall be listed by UL or ETL for operation on 110
to 125 V, 60 Hz circuits, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Standard: C 82.1 and
ANSI Standard: C 82.2. A separate ballast shall be provided for each lamp.
Lamp holders.- Lamp holders shall be listed by UL or ETL for outdoor use, shall be provided with
silver coated contacts and waterproofed entrance leads for use with a rapid-start fluorescent
lamp. Removal of the lamp from the socket shall de-energize the primary of the ballast. Each
lamp holder shall be provided with a heat-resistant, circular cross section, partially recessed
neoprene ring to seal against the lamp ends and protect electrical contacts from moisture and dirt
or other injurious elements. One lamp holder for each lamp shall be of the spring-loaded type. The distance between the face of the lamp holders for each lamp shall provide a compression of
at least 2.5 mm (0.10") on the spring-type lamp holder when the lamp is in place. The lamp shall
have positive mechanical and electrical contact when the lamp is in place. The socket on the spring-type lamp holder shall have sufficient travel to permit installation of the lamp. Springs for
lamp holders shall not be part of the current carrying circuit. Lamp holders shall match lamp
requirements and shall not increase cathode filament circuit resistance by more than 0.1 0 !2.
Lamps.- Lamps shall be of the types shown on the plans and shall meet the requirements of ANSI Standard: C 78.
Terminal Blocks.- All wiring connections in the fixture shall be terminated on molded, phenolic,
barrier type, terminal blocks rated at 15 A, 1000 V, and shall have integral type, white, waterproof marking strips. All current carrying parts of the terminal block shall be insulated from the fixture
with integral plugs or strips to provide an insulating value in excess of the line-to-ground flashover
voltage. If the Contractor elects to use sectionalized terminal blocks, each section shall be provided with an integral barrier on each side and shall be capable of rigid mounting and
alianment. Terminal screws shall be size No. 10. minimum. FGes.- Fuses shall be Type 3AG, miniature,.slow blowing type with appropriate current and
voltage ratings. Fuseholder shall be a panel-mounting type with threaded or bayonet type knob which grips the fuse tightly for extraction. A separate fuse shall be provided for each ballast.
0. Weep Holes.- Screened weep holes shall be provided at strategic locations in all members
subject to the collection of moisture. Weep holes shall be shielded to prevent light leakage from
the fixture.
1 1. Fasteners.- All fasteners, screws, and hardware shall be of passive stainless steel (Type 302 or
304) or aluminum Type 6060-T6. 12. Mounting Assemblies.- The top of the fixture housing shall have 2 free-swinging mounting
brackets. Each of the brackets shall be adjustable vertically for leveling the sign to either a
straight or curved mast arm. The bracket assembly shall permit the fixture to swing perpendicular
to the sign panel. Hinge pins for the free-swinging brackets shall have a minimum diameter of
6 mm (0.25"). At least 4.6 m (15') clearance shall be provided between the bottom of the fixture
and the roadway.
13. Message.- The message, as shown on the plans, shall be displayed on both sign panels. If not shown on the plans, the message, and the size of symbols or arrows will be furnished by the
Engineer at the request of the Contractor. Unless shown otherwise, letters shall be 200 mm (8")
upper case and 150 mm (6") lower case, Series E.
14. Mass.- The total mass of the complete sign assembly, including lamps, ballasts, mounting
brackets and appurtenances shall not exceed 30 kg.
15. Conductors.- All fixture conductors shall be UL or ETL listed appliance wiring material (AW M) stranded copper wire with 0.7 mm (28 mils), minimum, thermoplastic insulation, rated at
1000 volts and rated for use at 90°C. Conductors shall be No. 16, minimum, and shall match the
color coding of the ballast leads. The size of conductors from the sign disconnect to the fuse
block shall be as shown on the plans. All conductors within the fixture shall be secured with easily
removable spring cross straps (not clamped) in the chassis or fixture. Straps shall be installed not
more than 300 mm (12") apart. Stranded copper conductors connected to screw type terminals shall terminate in approved crimp type ring connectors. Splices will not be permitted within the
fixture unless approved in writing by the Engineer.
4% p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 122 of 136 Pages
16. Equipment List and Drawings.- Within 15 days following approval of contract, the Contractor
shall submit 3 sets of shop drawings and a list of equipment and materials he proposes to install,
as specified in Section 2-5, “Plans and Specifications.” The shop drawings shall show the
message for each sign and shall include the size of letters, symbols or arrows, as shown on the
plans or as furnished by the Engineer. The list of equipment shall include the name of the
manufacturer of all materials and sufficient detail to identify the materials. If requested, the
Contractor shall supply, without cost to the Agency, sufficient samples of materials to be used in
the fabrication of the sign, or a complete sign assembly, to permit adequate testing and evaluation
of conformance to the specified requirements.
209-6.07 Photoelectric Controls. Photoelectric controls, as specified in these special provisions or
as shown on the plans, shall be capable of switching multiple lighting systems directly. Type IV
photoelectric control shall be used unless otherwise shown on the plans or required by these
special provisions and shall be installed in a receptacle integral with the luminaire.
1. Type I photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit and a test switch housed in
an enclosure.
2. Type II photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, a separate contactor
located in a service equipment enclosure, and a test switch located in the service equipment
enclosure unless shown otherwise.
3. Type Ill photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, and a separate contactor
and a test switch housed in an enclosure.
4. Type IV photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit which plugs into an EEI-NEMA
twist lock.
209-6.07A Types. The types of photoelectric controls shall be as follows:
1. receptacle integral with the luminaire.
2. Type V photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit, contactor and test switch located
in a service equipment enclosure.
3. A switch to permit manual operation of the lighting circuit shall be provided for each Type I, Type
11, Type Ill, and Type V photoelectric control. Switches shall be of the single-hole mounting toggle
type, single-pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A and a voltage rating to match the circuit. Switches
shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate reading “Auto-lest” and shall be connected in
parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric unit. Test switch shall not have an “OFF
position.
4. Photoelectric units for Types I, II and Ill photoelectric controls, shall be pole-top mounted unless
otherwise specified.
0
209-6.078 Equipment Details. Equipment details shall conform to the following:
209-6.078(1) Photoelectric Unit. The photoelectric unit shall provide an output in response to
changing light levels. Components of the unit shall not require periodic replacement. Units shall
have a “turn-on” between 10 and 50 lux (one and 5 footcandles) and a “turn-off” at between 1.5 and
5 times “turn-on.” Measurements shall be by the procedures set forth in EEI-NEMA Standards for
Physical and Electrical Interchangeability of Light-Sensitive Control Devices Used in the Control of
Roadway Lighting. Photoelectric controls, except Type IV and Type V, shall be furnished with a
100 mm (4“) minimum inside diameter pole-top mounting adaptor containing a terminal block and
with cable supports or clamps to support pole wires. The photoelectric unit receptacle shall be the
EEI-NEMA type. Mounting brackets shall be used where pole-top mounting is not possible.
Photoelectric controls shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans and oriented as directed
by the Engineer. For switching 480 V, 60 Hz circuits, a 100 V‘A, minimum, 480/120-volt transformer
shall be installed in the contactor enclosure to provide 120 volts for the photoelectric control unit. 0
*w rrs Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 123 of 136 Pages
Where more than one photoelectric unit is to be installed at the same location, a single transformer,
with a volt-ampere rating capable of handling the total controlled load, may be used. Photoelectric
units shall be screened to prevent artificial light from causing cycling.
The photoelectric unit shall also conform to the following:
1. The supply voltage rating shall be 60 Hz, 105-1 30 V, 21 0-240 VI or 105-240 V, as specified.
2. The load rating shall be 800 W minimum, incandescent, mercury or fluorescent.
3. The operating temperature range shall be from -29°C (-20°F) to 65°C (1 50°F).
4. The power consumption shall be less than 10 W.
5. The unit shall be housed in a weatherproof enclosure.
6. The base of the unit shall be provided with a 3-prong, EEI-NEMA standard, twist-lock plug
7. Units shall be provided with a “fail-on” feature.
mounting.
209-6.078(2) Contactor. The contactor shall have contacts rated to switch the specified lighting
load and shall be normally open, unless otherwise specified. The contactor shall be either the
mechanical armature type or the mercury displacement type. The contacts of the mechanical
armature type contactor shall be either fine silver, silver alloy, or superior alternative material. The
contactor shall have a minimum rating of 30 A, per contact, inductive load.
209-6.078(3) Contactor and Test Switch Housing. The enclosure for Type I and Type Ill
photoelectric controls shall be NEMA Type 3R. The enclosure shall be provided with a factory
applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat. Two applications of paint to match the color of the
standard shall be applied as specified in Section 209-2.1 6, “Painting.” The enclosure may be hot-dip
galvanized in lieu of painting. A minimum of 65 mm (21/2‘‘) shall be provided between contactor
terminals and end of enclosure for wiring connections. The enclosure shall be mounted on the same
standard as the photoelectric unit at a height of approximately 1.8 m (6‘) above the base.
209-6.07B(4) Wiring. Conductors between the photoelectric unit and an external contactor shall be
No. 14 and shall be run inside the lighting standard, or in conduit, unless otherwise shown on the
plans.
209-6.07B(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25 A, 600 VI shall be molded
from phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and
integral type marking strips.
209-6.09 Transformers. Multiple to multiple and series to multiple transformers shall be of the
single-phase, dry type designed for operation on a 60 Hz supply.
209-6.09A Electrical Requirements. Transformer ratings shall be 120/480 volts, 240/480 volts or
480/120 volts for multiple to multiple units and 6.6 N120 volts or 6.6 A/480 volts for series to multiple
units or other ratings as shown on the plans. Secondary 480-volt windings shall be center tapped.
Volt-ampere ratings shall be as shown on the plans. Transformer efficiency shall exceed 95 percent
for multiple to multiple units and 80 percent for series to multiple units. Secondary voltage regulation
and tolerance shall be &3 percent from half load to full load for multiple to multiple units and +10
percent (maximum) at no load to +.3 percent at full load for series to multiple units. Transformers
shall have a decal showing a connection diagram. The diagram shall show either color coding or
tagging of wires with primary (Hl, H2) or secondary (Xl, X2) markers, and shall also show the
primary and secondary voltage and volt-ampere rating.
e= rr# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 124 of 136 Pages
209-6.096 Physical Requirements. External leads for multiple to multiple and series to multiple
secondary connections shall be Type USE, No. 10, rated 600 volts AC. Primary conductors for
series to multiple transformers shall be rated for use on 5000-volt AC circuits. Transformer leads
shall extend a minimum of 300 mm (12“) from the case. Transformer insulation shall be NEMA
185°C or better. Series to multiple transformers shall withstand the application of 12 000 volts AC
from core to primary coil and from coil to coil for a one minute period. Series to multiple transformer
secondaries and multiple to multiple transformers shall withstand the application of 2200 volts AC
from core to coils and, for multiple units only, from coil to coil for a one minute period. The above
tests shall be made immediately after operation of the transformer at full load for 24 hours. Non-
submersible transformers shall be provided with metal half-shell coil protection, shall have moisture
resistant, synthetic varnish impregnated windings and shall be suitable for outdoor operation in a
raintight enclosure. Each transformer to be installed in a pull box shall be the submersible type and
shall be provided with a handle and a hanger.
209-6.09C Submersible Type Transformers. Submersible type transformers shall be securely
encased in a rugged corrosion resistant, watertight case and shall withstand a 5-day test submerged
in 600 mm (2’) of salt water (2 percent salt by mass) with 12-hour on and off periods. The operating
periods shall be at full load. Leads of submersible transformers shall be brought out through one or
more sealed hubs and shall be secured in a manner which will withstand a 450-N (100 Ib) static pull
without loosening or leaking.
209-7 REMOVING, REINSTALLING OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
209-7.01 Removing Electrical Equipment. Attention is directed to Section 7-9, “Protection and
Restoration of Existing Improvements.” Existing electrical equipment shown on the plans or
specified in these special provisions to be removed and not reused or salvaged, and pull boxes,
conduit and detector frames not reused, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
removed from the street right of way in accordance with the provisions in 300-1, ”Clearing and
Grubbing,” except, if not interfering with other construction, underground conduit may be abandoned
in place after all conductors have been removed. Care shall be exercised in salvaging equipment so
that it will not be damaged or destroyed and will remain in its existing condition whenever possible.
Mast arms shall be removed from standards. Luminaires, signal heads, and signal mounting
assemblies shall be removed from standards and mast arms.
Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 7-9, “Protection and Restoration of Existing
Improvements” and 300-1.2, “Preservation of Property.” The Contractor will be required to repair or
replace, at the Contractor’s expense, any electrical equipment to be salvaged which, as determined
by the Engineer, has been damaged or destroyed by reason of the Contractor’s operations.
Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 209-2.03, “Foundations,” regarding foundations to be
abandoned or removed. Holes resulting from removing pull boxes and detector frames shall be filled
with material equivalent to the surrounding material.
209-8 PAYMENT
209-8.01 Payment. The contract lump sum price or prices paid for signal, flashing beacon, lighting,
sign illumination, traffic monitoring station, closed circuit television systems, or combinations thereof;
for modifying or removing those systems; for temporary systems; or the lump sum or unit prices paid
for various units of those systems; or the lump sum or per meter price paid for conduit of the various
sizes, types and installation methods listed in the Engineer’s Estimate shall include full compensation
for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved
in furnishing and installing, modifying, or removing the systems, combinations or units thereof, as
shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer,
including any necessary pull boxes (except when the type required is shown as a separate contract
Pane 125 of 136 Paoes
item); excavation and backfill; concrete foundations (except when shown as a separate contract
item); pedestrian barricades; furnishing and installing illuminated street name signs; installing
Agency-furnished sign panels on pedestrian barricades, on flashing beacon standards, and on traffic
signal mast arms; restoring sidewalk, pavement and appurtenances damaged or destroyed during
construction; salvaging existing materials; and making all required tests.
Surface to be Painted Pre-reatment / Surface
Preparation
Temporary Railing type (K) Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a
Roughened, Textured Appearance
Full compensation for all additional materials and labor, not shown on the plans or specified, which
are necessary to complete the installation of the various systems, shall be considered as included in
the prices paid for the systems, or units thereof, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor, except as provided in Section 209-1.05, “Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical
S ys t e m s .I’
Primer Finish Coats
None Two coats white Acrylic
Emulsion Paint (’)
When shown as a contract item, the contract price paid per meter for cast-in-drilled-hole concrete
pile (signal foundation) shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing reinforced concrete
pile foundations of the size shown on the Engineer’s Estimate, including drilling holes, disposing of
the material resulting from drilling holes, furnishing and placing anchor bolt assemblies and
reinforcing steel, complete in place, as shown on the plans, and as specified in these special
provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
When shown as a contract item, non-reinforced portland cement concrete foundations will be
measured and paid for in the manner as provided in Section 303-1 .I 1, “Payment.”
When shown as a separate contract item by the lump sum or per bid item linear measurement,
interconnection conduit and conductor shall include all interconnection conductors, but shall only
include conduit and pull boxes containing interconnection conductors and no other conductors.
The quantity of interconnection conduit and conductor to be paid for by the lump sum bid or the bid
item linear measurement shall be the length of that conduit. Compensation for conduit containing
interconnection conductors and other conductors shall be considered as included in the contract
price paid for the item requiring the other conductors.
Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing falsework lighting equipment
shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the items of work involved in the
structure which requires the falsework lighting and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor.
SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS
210-1 PAINT.
21 0-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 21 0-1.5(A)
e= r,# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 126 of 136 Pages
210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows:
Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons,
and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB-01.
Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall
markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS Specification No.
8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the
molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS Specification No.
801 0-004 (Type I I). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and
glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128,
Sacramento, CA 9581 9, telephone number (916) 227-7000.
210-3 GALVANIZING
Add the following section:
210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain
only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated
from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm ('I8'') thick or thicker,
shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding
of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal
welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized
standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm ('/s") thick or thicker shall be performed after
fabrication into the largest practical sections.
At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm ('/*") shall be galvanized either before
fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating
Designation 2600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation:
A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter
(1.2 oz. per ft') of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less
than 305 g per square meter (I .O oz. per ft').
0
Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53.
Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts.
Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling,
bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to
remove all slag or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is
necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage
to the zinc coating.
Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs,
bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M,
A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless
otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted
assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally
threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galvanizing
and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210-1, "Paint." Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or
damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire
brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned
areas shall be painted with 2 applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type)
A 563 or A 563M.
0
Pane 177 nf 136 Panes
conforming to the provisions in Section 21 0-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans
shall not be used.
SECTION 214 PAVEMENT MARKERS 0
TY Pe
Stimsonite Chip
SeaVTemporary Overlay Marker (Models 300 and 301)
TFPM
214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
Manufacturer or Distributor
DAPCO Davidson Plastics Company, 18726 East Valley Highway,
Kent, Washington 98032,
TeleDhone (206) 251-8140.
Add the following section:
214-5.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the
plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.1(A), or equal thereto.
Type
Safe-Hit SH236MA
Manufacturer or Distributor
Safe-Hit Corporation
Add the following section:
214-5.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface-mounted
type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective
channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective
sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumination of legal high beam
headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20120. Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.2(A), or equal thereto.
Carson ite "Super Duck" S DF-436
Rep0 "The Replaceable Post"
1930 West Winton Avenue, Building #I 1
Hayward, CA 94545 Telephone (41 5) 783-6550
Carsonite International Corporation
2900LockheedWay
Carson City, NV 89701
Telephone (702) 883-51 04
Western Highway Products P.O. Box 7
Stanton. CA 90680
4- r,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 128of136Pages
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 “Submittals”. Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective
channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and
material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the
approved quality control program.
$3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 129 of 136 Paoes
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
PART 3
Section 307
307-3
307-4
Section 31 0
31 0-5
31 0-7
Section 312
312-1
Section 31 3
31 3-1
31 3-2
313-3
31 3-4
PART 3
of the
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Description Paqe
Supplemental Provisions To Standard Specifications For Public Works
Construction Part 3, Construction Methods .............................................. 1 31
Street Lighting And Traffic Signals
Street Lighting Construction ...................................................................... 131
Traffic Signal Construction ............ ............................................................ 131
Painting
Painting Various Surfaces ........................................................................ 131
Permanent Signing .................................................................................... 133
Pavement Marker Placement And Removal
Placement .................................................................................................. 133
Temporary Traffic Control Devices
Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers .......................... ............................. 133
Temporary Traffic Signing ........................................................................ 134
Temporary Railing (Type K) And Crash Cushions ................................... 134
Measurement and-Payment ...................................................................... 136
em %$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 130 of 136 Pages
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS
CONSTRUCTION
PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS
307-3 STREET LIGHTING CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 209, “Signals, Lighting
and Electrical Systems” herein, shall replace Section 307-3, ”Electrical Components”, of the SSPWC
in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of
construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals.
307-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 209, “Signals, Lighting and
Electrical Systems” herein, shall replace Section 307-4, “Electrical Components”, of the SSPW C in
all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of
construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals.
SECTION 310 - PAINTING
31 0-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES.
31 0-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth
paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision
necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks,
and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved temporary detours
essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contractor shall
remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the
public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed
prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings.
31 0-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall
provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary
traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or
that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary
traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3
mm (’/e”) in 3 m (lo’) when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm (’/4)1)
in 3 m (lo’) when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment
that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued,
and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor.
This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction.
e- %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 131 of 136 Paaes
31 0-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor
shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be
abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by
high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into
any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum
all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement
immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the
storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity
water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking
method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10') thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted.
310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor
shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by
surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before
establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping
between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm
per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight
stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (I/ 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then
correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of
surface course asphalt and as the work progresses.
310-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall apply
the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall apply the second coat of paint two weeks after the application of the first coat. The Contractor
shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow.
Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one
coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly
visible both day and night.
310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and temporary
traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the plans and required by the
specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for the installation of the traffic signal, and
no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings
shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor. The lump-sum price bid for the installation of the traffic signal shall include all labor, tools,
equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic
striping.
Add the following Section:
310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING
Add the following Section:
31 0-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent
traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein.
Add the following section:
31 0-7.2 Measurement And Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the
plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum price bid for the installation of the
traffic signal, therefor shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing permanent
e- a$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Paae 132 of 136 Paaes
signing and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard
Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
SECTION 312 - PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL a
31 2-1 PLACEMENT. Add the following to the third paragraph:
4) When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement
of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pavement markers are to be placed.
Add the following section:
31 2-1.1 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and remove
reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Contractor
shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved
alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-5.6.8. The
Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment.
If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the
channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor.
When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be restored to the same color
and surface finish as the adjacent pavement.
SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Add the following section:
313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS.
Add the following section:
31 3-1 .I General. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers,
channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on
the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way
served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and
appurtenances to public traffic.
31 3-1.2 Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be
placed in accordance with the manufacturer‘s instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement
markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer,
except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pavement markers in
areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which
conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as determined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for temporary pavement
marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary
traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of
the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 312 “Pavement Marker
Placement and Removal”, except the 14-day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on
new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 312-1 “Placement”, shall not apply; and epoxy
adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be
required.
Add the following section:
313-1.3 Channelizers. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished,
placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in
color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions.
The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm (3” x 12”) in size. The reflective sheeting shall be
4-
Revised 10108/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 133 of 136 Pages
visible at 300 m (1000') at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with
vision of or corrected to 20/20. The channelizer bases shall be cemented to the pavement in the
same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in section 312-1,
"Placement." Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be
placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The
channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved
alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment shall be
performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position,
from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location,
by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in
accordance with the provisions of section 4-1.5, "Certification". Said certificate shall certify that the
channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and
material requirements approved by the Engineer and were manufactured in accordance with a quality
control program approved by the Engineer.
Add the following section:
313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING.
Add the following section:
31 3-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers,
markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein.
Add the following section:
313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or
overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately
replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary
traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall
replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours
of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered
during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking.
Add the following section:
313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS.
Add the following section:
313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of
interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans.
Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand-filled
crash cushions units as shown on the plans.
Q- \# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Page 134 of 136 Pages
313-3.1.1 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K)
shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall
conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 “Paint Systems” and 310 “Painting”. Contractor shall be
responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours.
The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti,
tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the
appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place.
Add the following section.
313-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary
railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to
manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201 -1 , “Portland
Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”.” Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance
will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201-1, “Portland
Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”. Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete
panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM
Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting
bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a
minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3’) diameter by 9 mm (3/8”) thick plate welded
on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/1c) fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K)
shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 “Ordinary Surface Finish.” Exposed surfaces of
concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented
curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound.
Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor’s name or logo on each panel. The name or
logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the
bottom of the rail panel.
Add the following section. 0
31 3-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary
railing (Type K) shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K)
shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing
throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed
and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units
shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment Each rail unit
placed within 3 m (10’) of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by
the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel
conforming to the requirements of the CALTRANS Traffic Manual shall also be installed at each end
of railing installed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing
installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be
installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the
provisions of section 206-7.2, “Temporary Traffic Signs”. Where shown on the plans, threaded rods
or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are
removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the
temporary railing shall be restored to its previous condition, or constructed to its planned condition.
Add the following section:
31 3-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall
be “Energite 111” manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, “Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules”
manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of
any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CALTRANS
and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 standards. Other features
will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, durability and other such characteristics
that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the
*
Contract Nn 3849-1 Paae 135 of 136 Pages
type and array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary
railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m
(15’) or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be
installed per CALTRANS Standard DrawingsTI and T2 for approach speeds no less than the
posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the
greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard
drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the CALTRANS Traffic
Manual shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1
and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil
supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary
railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be
graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a
vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from.
Add the following section:
31 3-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary
channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and
temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of
the lump-sum item for traffic control and payment therefor shall include full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in
applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers,
signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the
plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the
Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the signs and reflectors
marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the approach path,
maintenance, painting and re-painting, replacement of damaged units and removal and shall also be
included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Payment for relocation of K-rails and
crash cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per
section 3-3, Extra Work, SSPWC.
em a# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3849-1 Pane 1 .?G nf 1% Panoc